1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
4
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
21
22 /* Don't generate unused section symbols. */
23 #define TARGET_KEEP_UNUSED_SECTION_SYMBOLS false
24
25 #include "sysdep.h"
26 #include <stdarg.h>
27 #include "bfd.h"
28 #include "bfdlink.h"
29 #include "libbfd.h"
30 #include "elf-bfd.h"
31 #include "elf/ppc.h"
32 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
33 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
34 #include "dwarf2.h"
35 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
36
37 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
38 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
39
40 typedef enum split16_format_type
41 {
42 split16a_type = 0,
43 split16d_type
44 }
45 split16_format_type;
46
47 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
48
49 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
50 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
52 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
53
54 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
55 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
56 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
57 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
58 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
59 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
60
61 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
62 section. */
63 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
64
65 /* For old-style PLT. */
66 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
67 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
68
69 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
70 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
71 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
72 ((4*4 \
73 + (h != NULL \
74 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
75 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
76 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
77 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
78
79 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
80
81 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
82 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
83 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
84 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
85 {
86 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
87 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
88 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
89 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
90 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
91 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
92 0x60000000, /* nop */
93 0x60000000, /* nop */
94 };
95 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
96 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
97 {
98 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
99 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
100 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
101 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
102 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
103 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
104 0x60000000, /* nop */
105 0x60000000, /* nop */
106 };
107
108 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
109 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
110 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
111 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
112 {
113 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
114 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
115 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
116 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
117 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
118 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
119 0x60000000, /* nop */
120 0x60000000, /* nop */
121 };
122 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
123 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
124 {
125 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
126 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
127 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
128 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
129 0x60000000, /* nop */
130 0x60000000, /* nop */
131 0x60000000, /* nop */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
133 };
134
135 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
136 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
137
138 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
139 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
140 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
141 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
142 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
143 a shared library. */
144 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
145
146 /* Some instructions. */
147 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
148 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
149 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
150 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
151 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
152 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
153 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
154 #define B 0x48000000
155 #define BA 0x48000002
156 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
157 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
158 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
159 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
160 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
161 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
162 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
163 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
164 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
165 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
166 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
167 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
168 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
169 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
170 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
171 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
172 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
173 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
174 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
175 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
176 #define NOP 0x60000000
177 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
178
179 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
180 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
181 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
182
183 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
184 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
185 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
186 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
187 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
188
189 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
190 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
191 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
192 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
193 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
194 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
195 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
196 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
197 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
198 complain, special_func) \
199 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
200 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
201 #type, false, 0, mask, pc_relative)
202
203 static reloc_howto_type *ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_max];
204
205 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw[] = {
206 /* This reloc does nothing. */
207 HOW (R_PPC_NONE, 3, 0, 0, 0, false, dont,
208 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
209
210 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
211 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
212 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
213
214 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
215 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
216 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, false, signed,
217 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
218
219 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
220 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield,
221 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
222
223 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
224 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
225 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
226
227 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
228 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
229 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
230
231 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
232 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
233 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
234 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
235
236 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
237 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
238 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
239 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
240
241 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
242 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
243 bits must be zero. */
244 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
245 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
246
247 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
248 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
249 two bits must be zero. */
250 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
251 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
252
253 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
254 HOW (R_PPC_REL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
255 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
256
257 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
258 HOW (R_PPC_REL14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
259 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
260
261 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
262 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
263 zero. */
264 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
265 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
266
267 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
268 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
269 be zero. */
270 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
271 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
272
273 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
274 symbol. */
275 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
276 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
277
278 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
279 the symbol. */
280 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
281 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
282
283 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
284 the symbol. */
285 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
286 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
287
288 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
289 the symbol. */
290 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
291 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
292
293 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
294 entry for the symbol. */
295 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
296 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
297
298 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
299 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
300 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
301 shared library into the object, because the object being
302 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
303 HOW (R_PPC_COPY, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
304 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
305
306 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
307 entries. */
308 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
309 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
310
311 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
312 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
313 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
314
315 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
316 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
317 addend. */
318 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
319 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
320
321 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
322 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
323 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
324 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
325 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
326
327 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
328 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
329 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
330
331 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
332 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield,
333 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
334
335 /* 32-bit PC relative */
336 HOW (R_PPC_REL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, true, dont,
337 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
338
339 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
340 FIXME: not supported. */
341 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
342 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
343
344 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
345 FIXME: not supported. */
346 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32, 2, 32, 0, 0, true, dont,
347 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
348
349 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
350 the symbol. */
351 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
352 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
353
354 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
355 the symbol. */
356 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
357 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
358
359 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
360 the symbol. */
361 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
362 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
363
364 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
365 small data items. */
366 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
367 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
368
369 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
370 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
371 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
372
373 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
374 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
375 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
376
377 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
378 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
379 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
380
381 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
382 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
383 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
384
385 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
386 HOW (R_PPC_TLS, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
387 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
388
389 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
390 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
391
392 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
393 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
394
395 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
396 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
397 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
398
399 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
400 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
401
402 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
403 definition of its TLS sym. */
404 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
405 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
406
407 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
408 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
409 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
410 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
411 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
412
413 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
414 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
415 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
416
417 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
418 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
419 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
420
421 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
422 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
423 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
424
425 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
426 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
427 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
428
429 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
430 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
431 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
432 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
433
434 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
435 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
436 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
437
438 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
439 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
440 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
441
442 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
443 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
444 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
445
446 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
447 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
448 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
449
450 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
451 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
452 to the first entry. */
453 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
454 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
455
456 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
457 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
458 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
459
460 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
461 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
462 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
463
464 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
465 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
466 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
467
468 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
469 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
470 first entry. */
471 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
472 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
473
474 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
475 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
476 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
477
478 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
479 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
480 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
481
482 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
483 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
484 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
485
486 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
487 the offset to the entry. */
488 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
489 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
490
491 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
492 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
493 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
494
495 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
496 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
497 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
498
499 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
500 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
501 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
502
503 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
504 offset to the entry. */
505 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
506 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
507
508 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
509 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
510 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
511
512 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
513 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
514 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
515
516 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
517 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
518 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
519
520 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
521 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
522
523 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
524 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
525 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
526
527 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
528 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
529 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
530
531 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
532 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
533 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
534
535 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
536 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
537 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
538
539 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
540 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
541 is negative. */
542 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
543 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
544
545 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
546 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
547 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
548 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
549 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
550
551 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
552 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
553 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
554 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
555 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
556
557 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
558 small data items. */
559 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
560 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
561
562 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
563 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
564 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
565 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
566 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
567
568 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
569 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
570 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
574
575 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
576 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
577 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
578 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
579 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
580
581 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
582 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, true, signed,
583 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
584
585 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
586 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, true, signed,
587 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
588
589 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
590 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, true, signed,
591 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
592
593 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
594 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, false, dont,
595 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
596
597 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
598 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, false, dont,
599 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
600
601 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
602 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont,
603 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
604
605 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
606 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont,
607 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
608
609 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
610 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont,
611 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
612
613 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
614 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont,
615 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
616
617 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
618 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
619 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
620 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
621 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
622
623 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
624 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
625 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
626
627 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
628 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, false, dont,
629 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
630
631 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
632 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, false, dont,
633 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
634
635 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
636 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont,
637 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
638
639 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
640 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont,
641 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
642
643 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
644 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont,
645 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
646
647 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
648 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont,
649 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
650
651 /* e_li split20 format. */
652 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, false, dont,
653 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
654
655 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
656 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
657
658 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
659 HOW (R_PPC_REL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, signed,
660 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
661
662 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
663 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, dont,
664 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
665
666 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
667 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont,
668 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
669
670 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
671 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
672 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont,
673 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
674
675 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
676 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, true, signed,
677 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
678
679 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
680 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, false, signed,
681 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
682
683 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
684 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont,
685 NULL),
686
687 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
688 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont,
689 NULL),
690
691 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
692 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
693 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
694 };
695
696 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
697
698 static void
ppc_elf_howto_init(void)699 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
700 {
701 unsigned int i, type;
702
703 for (i = 0;
704 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
705 i++)
706 {
707 type = ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].type;
708 if (type >= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table)
709 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table[0])))
710 abort ();
711 ppc_elf_howto_table[type] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
712 }
713 }
714
715 static reloc_howto_type *
ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup(bfd * abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)716 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
717 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
718 {
719 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r;
720
721 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
722 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
723 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
724
725 switch (code)
726 {
727 default:
728 return NULL;
729
730 case BFD_RELOC_NONE: r = R_PPC_NONE; break;
731 case BFD_RELOC_32: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break;
732 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26: r = R_PPC_ADDR24; break;
733 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS:
734 case BFD_RELOC_16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS:
736 case BFD_RELOC_LO16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_LO; break;
737 case BFD_RELOC_HI16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HI; break;
738 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HA; break;
739 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16: r = R_PPC_ADDR14; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26: r = R_PPC_REL24; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16: r = R_PPC_REL14; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS:
747 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS:
749 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_LO; break;
750 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HI; break;
751 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HA; break;
752 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL24; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY: r = R_PPC_COPY; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT: r = R_PPC_GLOB_DAT; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC: r = R_PPC_LOCAL24PC; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL32; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT32; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL32; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS:
760 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_LO; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HI; break;
762 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HA; break;
763 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16: r = R_PPC_SDAREL16; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS:
765 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS:
767 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO; break;
768 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI; break;
769 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA; break;
770 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS:
772 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16: r = R_PPC_TOC16; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS: r = R_PPC_TLS; break;
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD: r = R_PPC_TLSGD; break;
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD: r = R_PPC_TLSLD; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD: r = R_PPC_DTPMOD32; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS:
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_TPREL16; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS:
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; break;
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HI; break;
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; break;
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL: r = R_PPC_TPREL32; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS:
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS:
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO; break;
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI; break;
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA; break;
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL: r = R_PPC_DTPREL32; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA21; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: r = R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: r = R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL8; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL15; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL24; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16A; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16D; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16A; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16D; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16A; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16D; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
835 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A;
836 break;
837 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
838 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D;
839 break;
840 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
841 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A;
842 break;
843 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
844 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D;
845 break;
846 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
847 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A;
848 break;
849 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
850 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D;
851 break;
852 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16; break;
853 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_LO; break;
854 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HI; break;
855 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HA; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_16DX_HA; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_REL16DX_HA; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY; break;
860 }
861
862 return ppc_elf_howto_table[r];
863 };
864
865 static reloc_howto_type *
ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup(bfd * abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,const char * r_name)866 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
867 const char *r_name)
868 {
869 unsigned int i;
870
871 for (i = 0;
872 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
873 i++)
874 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name != NULL
875 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name, r_name) == 0)
876 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
877
878 return NULL;
879 }
880
881 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
882
883 static bool
ppc_elf_info_to_howto(bfd * abfd,arelent * cache_ptr,Elf_Internal_Rela * dst)884 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd,
885 arelent *cache_ptr,
886 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
887 {
888 unsigned int r_type;
889
890 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
891 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
892 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
893
894 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
895 if (r_type >= R_PPC_max)
896 {
897 /* xgettext:c-format */
898 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
899 abfd, r_type);
900 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
901 return false;
902 }
903
904 cache_ptr->howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
905
906 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
907 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
908 if (cache_ptr->howto == NULL)
909 {
910 /* xgettext:c-format */
911 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
912 abfd, r_type);
913 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
914
915 return false;
916 }
917
918 return true;
919 }
920
921 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
922
923 static bfd_reloc_status_type
ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc(bfd * abfd,arelent * reloc_entry,asymbol * symbol,void * data,asection * input_section,bfd * output_bfd,char ** error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)924 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd *abfd,
925 arelent *reloc_entry,
926 asymbol *symbol,
927 void *data,
928 asection *input_section,
929 bfd *output_bfd,
930 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
931 {
932 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
933 long insn;
934 bfd_size_type octets;
935 bfd_vma value;
936
937 if (output_bfd != NULL)
938 {
939 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
940 return bfd_reloc_ok;
941 }
942
943 reloc_entry->addend += 0x8000;
944 r_type = reloc_entry->howto->type;
945 if (r_type != R_PPC_REL16DX_HA)
946 return bfd_reloc_continue;
947
948 value = 0;
949 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
950 value = symbol->value;
951 value += (reloc_entry->addend
952 + symbol->section->output_offset
953 + symbol->section->output_section->vma);
954 value -= (reloc_entry->address
955 + input_section->output_offset
956 + input_section->output_section->vma);
957 value >>= 16;
958
959 octets = reloc_entry->address * OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd, input_section);
960 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
961 insn &= ~0x1fffc1;
962 insn |= (value & 0xffc1) | ((value & 0x3e) << 15);
963 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
964 return bfd_reloc_ok;
965 }
966
967 static bfd_reloc_status_type
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc(bfd * abfd,arelent * reloc_entry,asymbol * symbol,void * data,asection * input_section,bfd * output_bfd,char ** error_message)968 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd *abfd,
969 arelent *reloc_entry,
970 asymbol *symbol,
971 void *data,
972 asection *input_section,
973 bfd *output_bfd,
974 char **error_message)
975 {
976 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
977 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
978 link time. */
979 if (output_bfd != NULL)
980 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
981 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
982
983 if (error_message != NULL)
984 {
985 static char *message;
986 free (message);
987 if (asprintf (&message, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
988 reloc_entry->howto->name) < 0)
989 message = NULL;
990 *error_message = message;
991 }
992 return bfd_reloc_dangerous;
993 }
994
995 /* Sections created by the linker. */
996
997 typedef struct elf_linker_section
998 {
999 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1000 asection *section;
1001 /* Section name. */
1002 const char *name;
1003 /* Associated bss section name. */
1004 const char *bss_name;
1005 /* Associated symbol name. */
1006 const char *sym_name;
1007 /* Associated symbol. */
1008 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym;
1009 } elf_linker_section_t;
1010
1011 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1012 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1013 based on different addend's. */
1014
1015 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1016 {
1017 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1018 struct elf_linker_section_pointers *next;
1019 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1020 bfd_vma offset;
1021 /* addend used */
1022 bfd_vma addend;
1023 /* which linker section this is */
1024 elf_linker_section_t *lsect;
1025 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t;
1026
1027 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1028 {
1029 struct elf_obj_tdata elf;
1030
1031 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1032 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1033 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **linker_section_pointers;
1034
1035 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1036 unsigned int makes_plt_call : 1;
1037 unsigned int has_rel16 : 1;
1038 };
1039
1040 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1041 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1042
1043 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1044 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1045
1046 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1047 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1048 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1049
1050 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1051
1052 static bool
ppc_elf_mkobject(bfd * abfd)1053 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
1054 {
1055 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata),
1056 PPC32_ELF_DATA);
1057 }
1058
1059 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1060
1061 bool
_bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch(bfd * abfd)1062 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd *abfd)
1063 {
1064 unsigned long mach = 0;
1065 asection *s;
1066 unsigned char *contents;
1067
1068 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32
1069 && bfd_big_endian (abfd))
1070 {
1071
1072 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
1073 if ((elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1074 break;
1075 if (s != NULL)
1076 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle;
1077 }
1078
1079 if (mach == 0)
1080 {
1081 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1082 if (s != NULL
1083 && s->size >= 24
1084 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &contents))
1085 {
1086 unsigned int apuinfo_size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + 4);
1087 unsigned int i;
1088
1089 for (i = 20; i < apuinfo_size + 20 && i + 4 <= s->size; i += 4)
1090 {
1091 unsigned int val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + i);
1092 switch (val >> 16)
1093 {
1094 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR:
1095 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI:
1096 if (mach == 0)
1097 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_titan;
1098 break;
1099
1100 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL:
1101 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK:
1102 if (mach == bfd_mach_ppc_titan)
1103 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc;
1104 break;
1105
1106 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE:
1107 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS:
1108 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK:
1109 if (mach != bfd_mach_ppc_vle)
1110 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500;
1111 break;
1112
1113 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE:
1114 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle;
1115 break;
1116
1117 default:
1118 mach = -1ul;
1119 }
1120 }
1121 free (contents);
1122 }
1123 }
1124
1125 if (mach != 0 && mach != -1ul)
1126 {
1127 const bfd_arch_info_type *arch;
1128
1129 for (arch = abfd->arch_info->next; arch; arch = arch->next)
1130 if (arch->mach == mach)
1131 {
1132 abfd->arch_info = arch;
1133 break;
1134 }
1135 }
1136 return true;
1137 }
1138
1139 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1140 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1141
1142 static bool
ppc_elf_object_p(bfd * abfd)1143 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
1144 {
1145 if (!abfd->arch_info->the_default)
1146 return true;
1147
1148 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 64)
1149 {
1150 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1151
1152 if (i_ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32)
1153 {
1154 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1155 abfd->arch_info = abfd->arch_info->next;
1156 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32);
1157 }
1158 }
1159 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd);
1160 }
1161
1162 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1163
1164 static bool
ppc_elf_set_private_flags(bfd * abfd,flagword flags)1165 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
1166 {
1167 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
1168 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
1169
1170 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
1171 elf_flags_init (abfd) = true;
1172 return true;
1173 }
1174
1175 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1176
1177 static bool
ppc_elf_grok_prstatus(bfd * abfd,Elf_Internal_Note * note)1178 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1179 {
1180 int offset;
1181 unsigned int size;
1182
1183 switch (note->descsz)
1184 {
1185 default:
1186 return false;
1187
1188 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1189 /* pr_cursig */
1190 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
1191
1192 /* pr_pid */
1193 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
1194
1195 /* pr_reg */
1196 offset = 72;
1197 size = 192;
1198
1199 break;
1200 }
1201
1202 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1203 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
1204 size, note->descpos + offset);
1205 }
1206
1207 static bool
ppc_elf_grok_psinfo(bfd * abfd,Elf_Internal_Note * note)1208 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1209 {
1210 switch (note->descsz)
1211 {
1212 default:
1213 return false;
1214
1215 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1216 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
1217 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 16);
1218 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
1219 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 32, 16);
1220 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
1221 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 48, 80);
1222 }
1223
1224 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1225 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1226 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1227
1228 {
1229 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
1230 int n = strlen (command);
1231
1232 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
1233 command[n - 1] = '\0';
1234 }
1235
1236 return true;
1237 }
1238
1239 static char *
ppc_elf_write_core_note(bfd * abfd,char * buf,int * bufsiz,int note_type,...)1240 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, int note_type, ...)
1241 {
1242 switch (note_type)
1243 {
1244 default:
1245 return NULL;
1246
1247 case NT_PRPSINFO:
1248 {
1249 char data[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING;
1250 va_list ap;
1251
1252 va_start (ap, note_type);
1253 memset (data, 0, sizeof (data));
1254 strncpy (data + 32, va_arg (ap, const char *), 16);
1255 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1256 DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH;
1257 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1258 -Wstringop-truncation:
1259 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1260 */
1261 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION;
1262 #endif
1263 strncpy (data + 48, va_arg (ap, const char *), 80);
1264 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1265 DIAGNOSTIC_POP;
1266 #endif
1267 va_end (ap);
1268 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1269 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1270 }
1271
1272 case NT_PRSTATUS:
1273 {
1274 char data[268];
1275 va_list ap;
1276 long pid;
1277 int cursig;
1278 const void *greg;
1279
1280 va_start (ap, note_type);
1281 memset (data, 0, 72);
1282 pid = va_arg (ap, long);
1283 bfd_put_32 (abfd, pid, data + 24);
1284 cursig = va_arg (ap, int);
1285 bfd_put_16 (abfd, cursig, data + 12);
1286 greg = va_arg (ap, const void *);
1287 memcpy (data + 72, greg, 192);
1288 memset (data + 264, 0, 4);
1289 va_end (ap);
1290 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1291 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1292 }
1293 }
1294 }
1295
1296 static flagword
ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags(char * flag_name)1297 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name)
1298 {
1299
1300 if (!strcmp (flag_name, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1301 return SHF_PPC_VLE;
1302
1303 return 0;
1304 }
1305
1306 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1307 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1308
1309 static bfd_vma
ppc_elf_plt_sym_val(bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,const asection * plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,const arelent * rel)1310 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1311 const asection *plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1312 const arelent *rel)
1313 {
1314 return rel->address;
1315 }
1316
1317 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1318 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1319 type. */
1320
1321 static bool
ppc_elf_section_from_shdr(bfd * abfd,Elf_Internal_Shdr * hdr,const char * name,int shindex)1322 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
1323 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
1324 const char *name,
1325 int shindex)
1326 {
1327 asection *newsect;
1328 flagword flags;
1329
1330 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1331 return false;
1332
1333 newsect = hdr->bfd_section;
1334 flags = 0;
1335 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE)
1336 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1337
1338 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_ORDERED)
1339 flags |= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES;
1340
1341 if (startswith (name, ".PPC.EMB"))
1342 name += 8;
1343 if (startswith (name, ".sbss")
1344 || startswith (name, ".sdata"))
1345 flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA;
1346
1347 return (flags == 0
1348 || bfd_set_section_flags (newsect, newsect->flags | flags));
1349 }
1350
1351 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1352
1353 static bool
ppc_elf_fake_sections(bfd * abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,Elf_Internal_Shdr * shdr,asection * asect)1354 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1355 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr,
1356 asection *asect)
1357 {
1358 if ((asect->flags & SEC_SORT_ENTRIES) != 0)
1359 shdr->sh_type = SHT_ORDERED;
1360
1361 return true;
1362 }
1363
1364 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1365 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1366
1367 static int
ppc_elf_additional_program_headers(bfd * abfd,struct bfd_link_info * info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)1368 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
1369 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1370 {
1371 asection *s;
1372 int ret = 0;
1373
1374 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".sbss2");
1375 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1376 ++ret;
1377
1378 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1379 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1380 ++ret;
1381
1382 return ret;
1383 }
1384
1385 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1386
1387 bool
ppc_elf_modify_segment_map(bfd * abfd,struct bfd_link_info * info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)1388 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
1389 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1390 {
1391 struct elf_segment_map *m;
1392
1393 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1394 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1395 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1396 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1397 We maintain the original output section order. */
1398
1399 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
1400 {
1401 struct elf_segment_map *n;
1402 size_t amt;
1403 unsigned int j, k;
1404 unsigned int p_flags;
1405
1406 if (m->p_type != PT_LOAD || m->count == 0)
1407 continue;
1408
1409 for (p_flags = PF_R, j = 0; j != m->count; ++j)
1410 {
1411 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
1412 p_flags |= PF_W;
1413 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
1414 {
1415 p_flags |= PF_X;
1416 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1417 p_flags |= PF_PPC_VLE;
1418 break;
1419 }
1420 }
1421 if (j != m->count)
1422 while (++j != m->count)
1423 {
1424 unsigned int p_flags1 = PF_R;
1425
1426 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
1427 p_flags1 |= PF_W;
1428 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
1429 {
1430 p_flags1 |= PF_X;
1431 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1432 p_flags1 |= PF_PPC_VLE;
1433 if (((p_flags1 ^ p_flags) & PF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1434 break;
1435 }
1436 p_flags |= p_flags1;
1437 }
1438 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1439 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1440 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1441 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1442 if (j != m->count || !m->p_flags_valid)
1443 {
1444 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
1445 m->p_flags = p_flags;
1446 }
1447 if (j == m->count)
1448 continue;
1449
1450 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1451 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1452 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1453
1454 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
1455 amt += (m->count - j - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
1456 n = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
1457 if (n == NULL)
1458 return false;
1459
1460 n->p_type = PT_LOAD;
1461 n->count = m->count - j;
1462 for (k = 0; k < n->count; ++k)
1463 n->sections[k] = m->sections[j + k];
1464 m->count = j;
1465 m->p_size_valid = 0;
1466 n->next = m->next;
1467 m->next = n;
1468 }
1469
1470 return true;
1471 }
1472
1473 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1474 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1475 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1476 2 sections. */
1477
1478 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections[] =
1479 {
1480 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
1481 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1482 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1483 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1484 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1485 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED, SHF_ALLOC },
1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME), 0, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
1487 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1488 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1489 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1490 };
1491
1492 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1493 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt =
1494 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC };
1495
1496 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr(bfd * abfd,asection * sec)1497 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
1498 {
1499 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
1500
1501 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1502 if (sec->name == NULL)
1503 return NULL;
1504
1505 ssect = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, ppc_elf_special_sections,
1506 sec->use_rela_p);
1507 if (ssect != NULL)
1508 {
1509 if (ssect == ppc_elf_special_sections && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1510 ssect = &ppc_alt_plt;
1511 return ssect;
1512 }
1513
1514 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
1515 }
1516
1517 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1518 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1519 {
1520 struct apuinfo_list *next;
1521 unsigned long value;
1522 }
1523 apuinfo_list;
1524
1525 static apuinfo_list *head;
1526 static bool apuinfo_set;
1527
1528 static void
apuinfo_list_init(void)1529 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1530 {
1531 head = NULL;
1532 apuinfo_set = false;
1533 }
1534
1535 static void
apuinfo_list_add(unsigned long value)1536 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value)
1537 {
1538 apuinfo_list *entry = head;
1539
1540 while (entry != NULL)
1541 {
1542 if (entry->value == value)
1543 return;
1544 entry = entry->next;
1545 }
1546
1547 entry = bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry));
1548 if (entry == NULL)
1549 return;
1550
1551 entry->value = value;
1552 entry->next = head;
1553 head = entry;
1554 }
1555
1556 static unsigned
apuinfo_list_length(void)1557 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1558 {
1559 apuinfo_list *entry;
1560 unsigned long count;
1561
1562 for (entry = head, count = 0;
1563 entry;
1564 entry = entry->next)
1565 ++ count;
1566
1567 return count;
1568 }
1569
1570 static inline unsigned long
apuinfo_list_element(unsigned long number)1571 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number)
1572 {
1573 apuinfo_list * entry;
1574
1575 for (entry = head;
1576 entry && number --;
1577 entry = entry->next)
1578 ;
1579
1580 return entry ? entry->value : 0;
1581 }
1582
1583 static void
apuinfo_list_finish(void)1584 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1585 {
1586 apuinfo_list *entry;
1587
1588 for (entry = head; entry;)
1589 {
1590 apuinfo_list *next = entry->next;
1591 free (entry);
1592 entry = next;
1593 }
1594
1595 head = NULL;
1596 }
1597
1598 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1599 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1600
1601 static void
ppc_elf_begin_write_processing(bfd * abfd,struct bfd_link_info * link_info)1602 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
1603 {
1604 bfd *ibfd;
1605 asection *asec;
1606 char *buffer = NULL;
1607 bfd_size_type largest_input_size = 0;
1608 unsigned i;
1609 unsigned long length;
1610 const char *error_message = NULL;
1611
1612 if (link_info == NULL)
1613 return;
1614
1615 apuinfo_list_init ();
1616
1617 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1618 for (ibfd = link_info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
1619 {
1620 unsigned long datum;
1621
1622 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1623 if (asec == NULL)
1624 continue;
1625
1626 /* xgettext:c-format */
1627 error_message = _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1628 length = asec->size;
1629 if (length < 20)
1630 goto fail;
1631
1632 apuinfo_set = true;
1633 if (largest_input_size < asec->size)
1634 {
1635 free (buffer);
1636 largest_input_size = asec->size;
1637 buffer = bfd_malloc (largest_input_size);
1638 if (!buffer)
1639 return;
1640 }
1641
1642 if (bfd_seek (ibfd, asec->filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0
1643 || (bfd_bread (buffer, length, ibfd) != length))
1644 {
1645 /* xgettext:c-format */
1646 error_message = _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1647 goto fail;
1648 }
1649
1650 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1651 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1652 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1653 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer);
1654 if (datum != sizeof APUINFO_LABEL)
1655 goto fail;
1656
1657 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 8);
1658 if (datum != 0x2)
1659 goto fail;
1660
1661 if (strcmp (buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL) != 0)
1662 goto fail;
1663
1664 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1665 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 4);
1666 if (datum + 20 != length)
1667 goto fail;
1668
1669 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1670 for (i = 0; i < datum; i += 4)
1671 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 20 + i));
1672 }
1673
1674 error_message = NULL;
1675
1676 if (apuinfo_set)
1677 {
1678 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1679 unsigned num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
1680
1681 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1682 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1683
1684 if (asec && !bfd_set_section_size (asec, 20 + num_entries * 4))
1685 {
1686 ibfd = abfd;
1687 /* xgettext:c-format */
1688 error_message = _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1689 }
1690 }
1691
1692 fail:
1693 free (buffer);
1694
1695 if (error_message)
1696 _bfd_error_handler (error_message, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME, ibfd);
1697 }
1698
1699 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1700 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1701
1702 static bool
ppc_elf_write_section(bfd * abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,asection * asec,bfd_byte * contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)1703 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1704 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1705 asection *asec,
1706 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1707 {
1708 return apuinfo_set && strcmp (asec->name, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME) == 0;
1709 }
1710
1711 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1712
1713 static void
ppc_final_write_processing(bfd * abfd)1714 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
1715 {
1716 bfd_byte *buffer;
1717 asection *asec;
1718 unsigned i;
1719 unsigned num_entries;
1720 bfd_size_type length;
1721
1722 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1723 if (asec == NULL)
1724 return;
1725
1726 if (!apuinfo_set)
1727 return;
1728
1729 length = asec->size;
1730 if (length < 20)
1731 return;
1732
1733 buffer = bfd_malloc (length);
1734 if (buffer == NULL)
1735 {
1736 _bfd_error_handler
1737 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1738 return;
1739 }
1740
1741 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1742 num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
1743 bfd_put_32 (abfd, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL, buffer);
1744 bfd_put_32 (abfd, num_entries * 4, buffer + 4);
1745 bfd_put_32 (abfd, 0x2, buffer + 8);
1746 strcpy ((char *) buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL);
1747
1748 length = 20;
1749 for (i = 0; i < num_entries; i++)
1750 {
1751 bfd_put_32 (abfd, apuinfo_list_element (i), buffer + length);
1752 length += 4;
1753 }
1754
1755 if (length != asec->size)
1756 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1757
1758 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, asec, buffer, (file_ptr) 0, length))
1759 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1760
1761 free (buffer);
1762
1763 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1764 }
1765
1766 static bool
ppc_elf_final_write_processing(bfd * abfd)1767 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
1768 {
1769 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd);
1770 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd);
1771 }
1772
1773 static bool
is_nonpic_glink_stub(bfd * abfd,asection * glink,bfd_vma off)1774 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd *abfd, asection *glink, bfd_vma off)
1775 {
1776 bfd_byte buf[4 * 4];
1777
1778 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, off, sizeof buf))
1779 return false;
1780
1781 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1782 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1783 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 8) == MTCTR_11
1784 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 12) == BCTR);
1785 }
1786
1787 static bool
section_covers_vma(bfd * abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,asection * section,void * ptr)1788 section_covers_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section, void *ptr)
1789 {
1790 bfd_vma vma = *(bfd_vma *) ptr;
1791 return ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
1792 && section->vma <= vma
1793 && vma < section->vma + section->size);
1794 }
1795
1796 static long
ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab(bfd * abfd,long symcount,asymbol ** syms,long dynsymcount,asymbol ** dynsyms,asymbol ** ret)1797 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, long symcount, asymbol **syms,
1798 long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms,
1799 asymbol **ret)
1800 {
1801 bool (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bool);
1802 asection *plt, *relplt, *dynamic, *glink;
1803 bfd_vma glink_vma = 0;
1804 bfd_vma resolv_vma = 0;
1805 bfd_vma stub_off;
1806 asymbol *s;
1807 arelent *p;
1808 size_t count, i, stub_delta;
1809 size_t size;
1810 char *names;
1811 bfd_byte buf[4];
1812
1813 *ret = NULL;
1814
1815 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
1816 return 0;
1817
1818 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
1819 return 0;
1820
1821 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
1822 if (relplt == NULL)
1823 return 0;
1824
1825 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
1826 if (plt == NULL)
1827 return 0;
1828
1829 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1830 if (elf_section_flags (plt) & SHF_EXECINSTR)
1831 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd, symcount, syms,
1832 dynsymcount, dynsyms, ret);
1833
1834 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1835 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1836 dynamic = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1837 if (dynamic != NULL)
1838 {
1839 bfd_byte *dynbuf, *extdyn, *extdynend;
1840 size_t extdynsize;
1841 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1842
1843 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, dynamic, &dynbuf))
1844 return -1;
1845
1846 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1847 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1848
1849 extdyn = dynbuf;
1850 extdynend = extdyn + dynamic->size;
1851 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1852 {
1853 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1854 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1855
1856 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1857 break;
1858
1859 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_PPC_GOT)
1860 {
1861 unsigned int g_o_t = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1862 asection *got = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
1863 if (got != NULL
1864 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, got, buf,
1865 g_o_t - got->vma + 4, 4))
1866 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1867 break;
1868 }
1869 }
1870 free (dynbuf);
1871 }
1872
1873 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1874 if (glink_vma == 0)
1875 {
1876 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, plt, buf, 0, 4))
1877 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1878 }
1879
1880 if (glink_vma == 0)
1881 return 0;
1882
1883 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1884 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1885 glink stubs now reside. */
1886 glink = bfd_sections_find_if (abfd, section_covers_vma, &glink_vma);
1887 if (glink == NULL)
1888 return 0;
1889
1890 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1891 from the first glink stub. */
1892 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
1893 glink_vma - glink->vma, 4))
1894 {
1895 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1896
1897 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1898 insn ^= B;
1899 if ((insn & ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1900 resolv_vma = glink_vma + (insn ^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1901
1902 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1903 else if ((insn ^ B ^ NOP) == 0)
1904 for (i = 4;
1905 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
1906 glink_vma - glink->vma + i, 4);
1907 i += 4)
1908 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf) != NOP)
1909 {
1910 resolv_vma = glink_vma + i;
1911 break;
1912 }
1913 }
1914
1915 count = relplt->size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
1916 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1917 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1918 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1919 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1920 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1921 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1922 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1923 for (stub_delta = 16; stub_delta <= 32; stub_delta += 8)
1924 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd, glink, stub_off - stub_delta))
1925 break;
1926 if (stub_delta > 32)
1927 return 0;
1928
1929 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
1930 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, true))
1931 return -1;
1932
1933 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
1934 p = relplt->relocation;
1935 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
1936 {
1937 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
1938 if (p->addend != 0)
1939 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1940 }
1941
1942 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink");
1943
1944 if (resolv_vma)
1945 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1946
1947 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
1948 if (s == NULL)
1949 return -1;
1950
1951 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1952 names = (char *) (s + count + 1 + (resolv_vma != 0));
1953 p = relplt->relocation + count - 1;
1954 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
1955 {
1956 size_t len;
1957
1958 stub_off -= stub_delta;
1959 if (strcmp ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1960 stub_off -= 32;
1961 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
1962 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1963 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1964 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
1965 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
1966 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
1967 s->section = glink;
1968 s->value = stub_off;
1969 s->name = names;
1970 s->udata.p = NULL;
1971 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
1972 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
1973 names += len;
1974 if (p->addend != 0)
1975 {
1976 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1977 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1978 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, names, p->addend);
1979 names += strlen (names);
1980 }
1981 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1982 names += sizeof ("@plt");
1983 ++s;
1984 --p;
1985 }
1986
1987 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1988 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
1989 s->the_bfd = abfd;
1990 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
1991 s->section = glink;
1992 s->value = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1993 s->name = names;
1994 memcpy (names, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
1995 names += sizeof ("__glink");
1996 s++;
1997 count++;
1998
1999 if (resolv_vma)
2000 {
2001 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
2002 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
2003 s->the_bfd = abfd;
2004 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
2005 s->section = glink;
2006 s->value = resolv_vma - glink->vma;
2007 s->name = names;
2008 memcpy (names, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2009 names += sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2010 s++;
2011 count++;
2012 }
2013
2014 return count;
2015 }
2016
2017 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2018 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2019 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2020 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2021 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2022 called. */
2023
2024 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2025 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2026 struct plt_entry
2027 {
2028 struct plt_entry *next;
2029
2030 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2031 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2032 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2033 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2034 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2035 bfd_vma addend;
2036
2037 /* The .got2 section. */
2038 asection *sec;
2039
2040 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2041 union
2042 {
2043 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2044 bfd_vma offset;
2045 } plt;
2046
2047 /* .glink stub offset. */
2048 bfd_vma glink_offset;
2049 };
2050
2051 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2052 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2053 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2054
2055 static int
must_be_dyn_reloc(struct bfd_link_info * info,enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)2056 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2057 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2058 {
2059 switch (r_type)
2060 {
2061 default:
2062 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2063 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2064 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2065 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2066 return 1;
2067
2068 case R_PPC_REL24:
2069 case R_PPC_REL14:
2070 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
2071 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
2072 case R_PPC_REL32:
2073 return 0;
2074
2075 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
2076 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
2077 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
2078 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
2079 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
2080 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2081 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2082 return bfd_link_dll (info);
2083 }
2084 }
2085
2086 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2087 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2088 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2089 shared lib. */
2090 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2091
2092 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2093 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2094 {
2095 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *next;
2096
2097 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2098 asection *sec;
2099
2100 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2101 unsigned int count : 31;
2102
2103 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2104 unsigned int ifunc : 1;
2105 };
2106
2107 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2108
2109 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2110 {
2111 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf;
2112
2113 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2114 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2115 from the beginning of the section. */
2116 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_pointer;
2117
2118 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2119 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2120 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2121 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2122 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2123 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2124 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
2125 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2126 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2127 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2128 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2129 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2130 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2131 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2132 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2133 unsigned char tls_mask;
2134
2135 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2136 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2137 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2138 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2139 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2140
2141 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2142 symbol. */
2143 unsigned char has_sda_refs : 1;
2144
2145 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2146 unsigned char has_addr16_ha : 1;
2147 unsigned char has_addr16_lo : 1;
2148 };
2149
2150 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2151
2152 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2153
2154 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2155 {
2156 struct elf_link_hash_table elf;
2157
2158 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2159 struct ppc_elf_params *params;
2160
2161 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2162 asection *glink;
2163 asection *dynsbss;
2164 asection *relsbss;
2165 elf_linker_section_t sdata[2];
2166 asection *sbss;
2167 asection *glink_eh_frame;
2168 asection *pltlocal;
2169 asection *relpltlocal;
2170
2171 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2172 asection *srelplt2;
2173
2174 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2175 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tls_get_addr;
2176
2177 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2178 bfd *old_bfd;
2179
2180 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2181 union {
2182 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2183 bfd_vma offset;
2184 } tlsld_got;
2185
2186 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2187 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve;
2188
2189 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2190 unsigned int got_header_size;
2191 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2192 unsigned int got_gap;
2193
2194 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2195 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type;
2196
2197 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2198 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2199 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver:1;
2200 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver:1;
2201
2202 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2203 unsigned int do_tls_opt:1;
2204
2205 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2206 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt:1;
2207
2208 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2209 int plt_entry_size;
2210 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2211 int plt_slot_size;
2212 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2213 int plt_initial_entry_size;
2214 };
2215
2216 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2217 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2218
2219 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2220 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2221
2222 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
2223 relocs. */
2224 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
2225
2226 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2227 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2228
2229 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2230
2231 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2232 ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash) \
2233 && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == PPC32_ELF_DATA) \
2234 ? (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL)
2235
2236 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2237
2238 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc(struct bfd_hash_entry * entry,struct bfd_hash_table * table,const char * string)2239 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2240 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2241 const char *string)
2242 {
2243 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2244 subclass. */
2245 if (entry == NULL)
2246 {
2247 entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2248 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry));
2249 if (entry == NULL)
2250 return entry;
2251 }
2252
2253 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2254 entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
2255 if (entry != NULL)
2256 {
2257 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->linker_section_pointer = NULL;
2258 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->tls_mask = 0;
2259 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->has_sda_refs = 0;
2260 }
2261
2262 return entry;
2263 }
2264
2265 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2266
2267 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create(bfd * abfd)2268 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2269 {
2270 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
2271 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2272 = { PLT_OLD, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2273
2274 ret = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table));
2275 if (ret == NULL)
2276 return NULL;
2277
2278 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd,
2279 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2280 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry),
2281 PPC32_ELF_DATA))
2282 {
2283 free (ret);
2284 return NULL;
2285 }
2286
2287 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.refcount = 0;
2288 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.glist = NULL;
2289 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.offset = 0;
2290 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.glist = NULL;
2291
2292 ret->params = &default_params;
2293
2294 ret->sdata[0].name = ".sdata";
2295 ret->sdata[0].sym_name = "_SDA_BASE_";
2296 ret->sdata[0].bss_name = ".sbss";
2297
2298 ret->sdata[1].name = ".sdata2";
2299 ret->sdata[1].sym_name = "_SDA2_BASE_";
2300 ret->sdata[1].bss_name = ".sbss2";
2301
2302 ret->plt_entry_size = 12;
2303 ret->plt_slot_size = 8;
2304 ret->plt_initial_entry_size = 72;
2305
2306 return &ret->elf.root;
2307 }
2308
2309 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2310
2311 void
ppc_elf_link_params(struct bfd_link_info * info,struct ppc_elf_params * params)2312 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct ppc_elf_params *params)
2313 {
2314 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2315
2316 if (htab)
2317 htab->params = params;
2318 params->pagesize_p2 = bfd_log2 (params->pagesize);
2319 }
2320
2321 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2322
2323 static bool
ppc_elf_create_got(bfd * abfd,struct bfd_link_info * info)2324 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2325 {
2326 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2327
2328 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
2329 return false;
2330
2331 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2332 if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks)
2333 {
2334 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2335 executable. */
2336 flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2337 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2338 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags))
2339 return false;
2340 }
2341
2342 return true;
2343 }
2344
2345 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2346 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2347 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2348
2349 static bool
ppc_elf_create_linker_section(bfd * abfd,struct bfd_link_info * info,flagword flags,elf_linker_section_t * lsect)2350 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
2351 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2352 flagword flags,
2353 elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
2354 {
2355 asection *s;
2356
2357 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2358 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2359
2360 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, lsect->name, flags);
2361 if (s == NULL)
2362 return false;
2363 lsect->section = s;
2364
2365 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2366 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, lsect->name);
2367
2368 lsect->sym = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd, info, s, lsect->sym_name);
2369 if (lsect->sym == NULL)
2370 return false;
2371 lsect->sym->root.u.def.value = 0x8000;
2372 return true;
2373 }
2374
2375 static bool
ppc_elf_create_glink(bfd * abfd,struct bfd_link_info * info)2376 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2377 {
2378 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2379 asection *s;
2380 flagword flags;
2381 int p2align;
2382
2383 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2384 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2385 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".glink", flags);
2386 htab->glink = s;
2387 p2align = htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 6 : 4;
2388 if (p2align < htab->params->plt_stub_align)
2389 p2align = htab->params->plt_stub_align;
2390 if (s == NULL
2391 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, p2align))
2392 return false;
2393
2394 if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info)
2395 {
2396 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2397 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2398 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".eh_frame", flags);
2399 htab->glink_eh_frame = s;
2400 if (s == NULL
2401 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2402 return false;
2403 }
2404
2405 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2406 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".iplt", flags);
2407 htab->elf.iplt = s;
2408 if (s == NULL
2409 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 4))
2410 return false;
2411
2412 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2413 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2414 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.iplt", flags);
2415 htab->elf.irelplt = s;
2416 if (s == NULL
2417 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2418 return false;
2419
2420 /* Local plt entries. */
2421 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2422 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2423 htab->pltlocal = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".branch_lt",
2424 flags);
2425 if (htab->pltlocal == NULL
2426 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->pltlocal, 2))
2427 return false;
2428
2429 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2430 {
2431 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
2432 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2433 htab->relpltlocal
2434 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.branch_lt", flags);
2435 if (htab->relpltlocal == NULL
2436 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->relpltlocal, 2))
2437 return false;
2438 }
2439
2440 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, 0,
2441 &htab->sdata[0]))
2442 return false;
2443
2444 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, SEC_READONLY,
2445 &htab->sdata[1]))
2446 return false;
2447
2448 return true;
2449 }
2450
2451 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2452 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2453 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2454
2455 static bool
ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections(bfd * abfd,struct bfd_link_info * info)2456 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2457 {
2458 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2459 asection *s;
2460 flagword flags;
2461
2462 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2463
2464 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL
2465 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd, info))
2466 return false;
2467
2468 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
2469 return false;
2470
2471 if (htab->glink == NULL
2472 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd, info))
2473 return false;
2474
2475 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynsbss",
2476 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2477 htab->dynsbss = s;
2478 if (s == NULL)
2479 return false;
2480
2481 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
2482 {
2483 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2484 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2485 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.sbss", flags);
2486 htab->relsbss = s;
2487 if (s == NULL
2488 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2489 return false;
2490 }
2491
2492 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks
2493 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2494 return false;
2495
2496 s = htab->elf.splt;
2497 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2498 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
2499 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2500 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY;
2501 return bfd_set_section_flags (s, flags);
2502 }
2503
2504 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2505
2506 static void
ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol(struct bfd_link_info * info,struct elf_link_hash_entry * dir,struct elf_link_hash_entry * ind)2507 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2508 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
2509 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
2510 {
2511 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
2512
2513 edir = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
2514 eind = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
2515
2516 edir->tls_mask |= eind->tls_mask;
2517 edir->has_sda_refs |= eind->has_sda_refs;
2518
2519 if (edir->elf.versioned != versioned_hidden)
2520 edir->elf.ref_dynamic |= eind->elf.ref_dynamic;
2521 edir->elf.ref_regular |= eind->elf.ref_regular;
2522 edir->elf.ref_regular_nonweak |= eind->elf.ref_regular_nonweak;
2523 edir->elf.non_got_ref |= eind->elf.non_got_ref;
2524 edir->elf.needs_plt |= eind->elf.needs_plt;
2525 edir->elf.pointer_equality_needed |= eind->elf.pointer_equality_needed;
2526
2527 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2528 if (eind->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2529 return;
2530
2531 if (ind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
2532 {
2533 if (dir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
2534 {
2535 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
2536 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
2537
2538 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2539 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2540 for (pp = &ind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
2541 {
2542 struct elf_dyn_relocs *q;
2543
2544 for (q = dir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
2545 if (q->sec == p->sec)
2546 {
2547 q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
2548 q->count += p->count;
2549 *pp = p->next;
2550 break;
2551 }
2552 if (q == NULL)
2553 pp = &p->next;
2554 }
2555 *pp = dir->dyn_relocs;
2556 }
2557
2558 dir->dyn_relocs = ind->dyn_relocs;
2559 ind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2560 }
2561
2562 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2563 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2564 edir->elf.got.refcount += eind->elf.got.refcount;
2565 eind->elf.got.refcount = 0;
2566
2567 /* And plt entries. */
2568 if (eind->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
2569 {
2570 if (edir->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
2571 {
2572 struct plt_entry **entp;
2573 struct plt_entry *ent;
2574
2575 for (entp = &eind->elf.plt.plist; (ent = *entp) != NULL; )
2576 {
2577 struct plt_entry *dent;
2578
2579 for (dent = edir->elf.plt.plist; dent != NULL; dent = dent->next)
2580 if (dent->sec == ent->sec && dent->addend == ent->addend)
2581 {
2582 dent->plt.refcount += ent->plt.refcount;
2583 *entp = ent->next;
2584 break;
2585 }
2586 if (dent == NULL)
2587 entp = &ent->next;
2588 }
2589 *entp = edir->elf.plt.plist;
2590 }
2591
2592 edir->elf.plt.plist = eind->elf.plt.plist;
2593 eind->elf.plt.plist = NULL;
2594 }
2595
2596 if (eind->elf.dynindx != -1)
2597 {
2598 if (edir->elf.dynindx != -1)
2599 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
2600 edir->elf.dynstr_index);
2601 edir->elf.dynindx = eind->elf.dynindx;
2602 edir->elf.dynstr_index = eind->elf.dynstr_index;
2603 eind->elf.dynindx = -1;
2604 eind->elf.dynstr_index = 0;
2605 }
2606 }
2607
2608 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2609 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2610
2611 static bool
ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook(bfd * abfd,struct bfd_link_info * info,Elf_Internal_Sym * sym,const char ** namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,flagword * flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,asection ** secp,bfd_vma * valp)2612 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
2613 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2614 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
2615 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2616 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2617 asection **secp,
2618 bfd_vma *valp)
2619 {
2620 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
2621 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
2622 && is_ppc_elf (info->output_bfd)
2623 && sym->st_size <= elf_gp_size (abfd))
2624 {
2625 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2626 put into .sbss. */
2627 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2628
2629 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2630 if (htab->sbss == NULL)
2631 {
2632 flagword flags = SEC_IS_COMMON | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2633
2634 if (!htab->elf.dynobj)
2635 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2636
2637 htab->sbss = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj,
2638 ".sbss",
2639 flags);
2640 if (htab->sbss == NULL)
2641 return false;
2642 }
2643
2644 *secp = htab->sbss;
2645 *valp = sym->st_size;
2646 }
2647
2648 return true;
2649 }
2650
2651 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2652
2653 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t *
elf_find_pointer_linker_section(elf_linker_section_pointers_t * linker_pointers,bfd_vma addend,elf_linker_section_t * lsect)2654 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2655 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_pointers,
2656 bfd_vma addend,
2657 elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
2658 {
2659 for ( ; linker_pointers != NULL; linker_pointers = linker_pointers->next)
2660 if (lsect == linker_pointers->lsect && addend == linker_pointers->addend)
2661 return linker_pointers;
2662
2663 return NULL;
2664 }
2665
2666 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2667
2668 static bool
elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section(bfd * abfd,elf_linker_section_t * lsect,struct elf_link_hash_entry * h,const Elf_Internal_Rela * rel)2669 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
2670 elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
2671 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2672 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
2673 {
2674 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr_linker_section_ptr = NULL;
2675 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
2676 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2677 bfd_size_type amt;
2678
2679 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
2680
2681 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2682 if (h != NULL)
2683 {
2684 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
2685
2686 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2687 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2688 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh->linker_section_pointer,
2689 rel->r_addend,
2690 lsect))
2691 return true;
2692
2693 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &eh->linker_section_pointer;
2694 }
2695 else
2696 {
2697 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
2698
2699 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2700 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd);
2701
2702 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2703 if (!ptr)
2704 {
2705 unsigned int num_symbols = elf_symtab_hdr (abfd).sh_info;
2706
2707 amt = num_symbols;
2708 amt *= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *);
2709 ptr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
2710
2711 if (!ptr)
2712 return false;
2713
2714 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd) = ptr;
2715 }
2716
2717 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2718 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr[r_symndx],
2719 rel->r_addend,
2720 lsect))
2721 return true;
2722
2723 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &ptr[r_symndx];
2724 }
2725
2726 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2727 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2728 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr != NULL);
2729 amt = sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t);
2730 linker_section_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2731
2732 if (!linker_section_ptr)
2733 return false;
2734
2735 linker_section_ptr->next = *ptr_linker_section_ptr;
2736 linker_section_ptr->addend = rel->r_addend;
2737 linker_section_ptr->lsect = lsect;
2738 *ptr_linker_section_ptr = linker_section_ptr;
2739
2740 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect->section, 2))
2741 return false;
2742 linker_section_ptr->offset = lsect->section->size;
2743 lsect->section->size += 4;
2744
2745 #ifdef DEBUG
2746 fprintf (stderr,
2747 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2748 lsect->name, (long) linker_section_ptr->offset,
2749 (long) lsect->section->size);
2750 #endif
2751
2752 return true;
2753 }
2754
2755 static struct plt_entry **
update_local_sym_info(bfd * abfd,Elf_Internal_Shdr * symtab_hdr,unsigned long r_symndx,int tls_type)2756 update_local_sym_info (bfd *abfd,
2757 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
2758 unsigned long r_symndx,
2759 int tls_type)
2760 {
2761 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
2762 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
2763 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks;
2764
2765 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
2766 {
2767 bfd_size_type size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2768
2769 size *= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts)
2770 + sizeof (*local_plt)
2771 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks));
2772 local_got_refcounts = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
2773 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
2774 return NULL;
2775 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
2776 }
2777
2778 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
2779 local_got_tls_masks = (unsigned char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
2780 local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] |= tls_type & 0xff;
2781 if ((tls_type & NON_GOT) == 0)
2782 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
2783 return local_plt + r_symndx;
2784 }
2785
2786 static bool
update_plt_info(bfd * abfd,struct plt_entry ** plist,asection * sec,bfd_vma addend)2787 update_plt_info (bfd *abfd, struct plt_entry **plist,
2788 asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
2789 {
2790 struct plt_entry *ent;
2791
2792 if (addend < 32768)
2793 sec = NULL;
2794 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
2795 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
2796 break;
2797 if (ent == NULL)
2798 {
2799 size_t amt = sizeof (*ent);
2800 ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2801 if (ent == NULL)
2802 return false;
2803 ent->next = *plist;
2804 ent->sec = sec;
2805 ent->addend = addend;
2806 ent->plt.refcount = 0;
2807 *plist = ent;
2808 }
2809 ent->plt.refcount += 1;
2810 return true;
2811 }
2812
2813 static struct plt_entry *
find_plt_ent(struct plt_entry ** plist,asection * sec,bfd_vma addend)2814 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry **plist, asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
2815 {
2816 struct plt_entry *ent;
2817
2818 if (addend < 32768)
2819 sec = NULL;
2820 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
2821 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
2822 break;
2823 return ent;
2824 }
2825
2826 static bool
is_branch_reloc(enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)2827 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2828 {
2829 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
2830 || r_type == R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2831 || r_type == R_PPC_REL24
2832 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14
2833 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2834 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2835 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR24
2836 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14
2837 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2838 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2839 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_REL24);
2840 }
2841
2842 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2843
2844 static bool
is_plt_seq_reloc(enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)2845 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2846 {
2847 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2848 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2849 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2850 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTSEQ);
2851 }
2852
2853 static void
bad_shared_reloc(bfd * abfd,enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)2854 bad_shared_reloc (bfd *abfd, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2855 {
2856 _bfd_error_handler
2857 /* xgettext:c-format */
2858 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2859 abfd,
2860 ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name);
2861 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2862 }
2863
2864 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2865 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2866 table. */
2867
2868 static bool
ppc_elf_check_relocs(bfd * abfd,struct bfd_link_info * info,asection * sec,const Elf_Internal_Rela * relocs)2869 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
2870 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2871 asection *sec,
2872 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
2873 {
2874 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2875 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2876 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
2877 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
2878 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
2879 asection *got2, *sreloc;
2880 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tga;
2881
2882 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
2883 return true;
2884
2885 #ifdef DEBUG
2886 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2887 sec, abfd);
2888 #endif
2889
2890 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
2891
2892 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2893 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
2894 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2895
2896 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2897 if (htab->glink == NULL)
2898 {
2899 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
2900 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2901 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
2902 return false;
2903 }
2904 tga = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
2905 false, false, true);
2906 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
2907 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
2908 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
2909 sreloc = NULL;
2910
2911 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
2912 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
2913 {
2914 unsigned long r_symndx;
2915 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
2916 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2917 int tls_type;
2918 struct plt_entry **ifunc;
2919 struct plt_entry **pltent;
2920 bfd_vma addend;
2921
2922 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2923 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
2924 h = NULL;
2925 else
2926 {
2927 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
2928 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2929 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2930 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2931 }
2932
2933 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2934 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2935 startup code. */
2936 if (h != NULL
2937 && htab->elf.sgot == NULL
2938 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2939 {
2940 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
2941 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2942 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
2943 return false;
2944 BFD_ASSERT (h == htab->elf.hgot);
2945 }
2946
2947 tls_type = 0;
2948 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
2949 ifunc = NULL;
2950 if (h == NULL && htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks)
2951 {
2952 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->elf.sym_cache,
2953 abfd, r_symndx);
2954 if (isym == NULL)
2955 return false;
2956
2957 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
2958 {
2959 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2960 ifunc = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
2961 NON_GOT | PLT_IFUNC);
2962 if (ifunc == NULL)
2963 return false;
2964
2965 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2966 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2967 no plt calls. */
2968 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
2969 || is_branch_reloc (r_type)
2970 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2971 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2972 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)
2973 {
2974 addend = 0;
2975 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
2976 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
2977 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
2978 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
2979 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2980 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2981 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
2982 addend = rel->r_addend;
2983 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, got2, addend))
2984 return false;
2985 }
2986 }
2987 }
2988
2989 if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks
2990 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)
2991 && h != NULL
2992 && h == tga)
2993 {
2994 if (rel != relocs
2995 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSGD
2996 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSLD))
2997 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
2998 reloc. */
2999 ;
3000 else
3001 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3002 sec->nomark_tls_get_addr = 1;
3003 }
3004
3005 switch (r_type)
3006 {
3007 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
3008 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
3009 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3010 its parameter symbol. */
3011 if (h != NULL)
3012 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK;
3013 else
3014 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
3015 NON_GOT | TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
3016 return false;
3017 break;
3018
3019 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
3020 break;
3021
3022 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
3023 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
3024 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
3025 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
3026 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
3027 goto dogottls;
3028
3029 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
3030 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
3031 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
3032 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
3033 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
3034 goto dogottls;
3035
3036 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
3037 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
3038 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
3039 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
3040 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
3041 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
3042 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
3043 goto dogottls;
3044
3045 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
3046 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
3047 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
3048 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
3049 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
3050 dogottls:
3051 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1;
3052 /* Fall through. */
3053
3054 /* GOT16 relocations */
3055 case R_PPC_GOT16:
3056 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
3057 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
3058 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
3059 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3060 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
3061 {
3062 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3063 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3064 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
3065 return false;
3066 }
3067 if (h != NULL)
3068 {
3069 h->got.refcount += 1;
3070 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= tls_type;
3071 }
3072 else
3073 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3074 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, tls_type))
3075 return false;
3076
3077 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3078 an ifunc. */
3079 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3080 {
3081 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3082 return false;
3083 }
3084 break;
3085
3086 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3087 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
3088 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3089 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[0],
3090 h, rel))
3091 return false;
3092 if (h != NULL)
3093 {
3094 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3095 h->non_got_ref = true;
3096 }
3097 break;
3098
3099 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3100 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
3101 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
3102 {
3103 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3104 return false;
3105 }
3106 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3107 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[1],
3108 h, rel))
3109 return false;
3110 if (h != NULL)
3111 {
3112 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3113 h->non_got_ref = true;
3114 }
3115 break;
3116
3117 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
3118 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3119 /* Fall through. */
3120
3121 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
3122 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
3123 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
3124 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
3125 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
3126 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
3127 if (h != NULL)
3128 {
3129 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3130 h->non_got_ref = true;
3131 }
3132 break;
3133
3134 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8:
3135 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15:
3136 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24:
3137 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A:
3138 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D:
3139 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A:
3140 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D:
3141 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A:
3142 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D:
3143 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20:
3144 break;
3145
3146 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
3147 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
3148 {
3149 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3150 return false;
3151 }
3152 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3153 if (h != NULL)
3154 {
3155 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3156 h->non_got_ref = true;
3157 }
3158 break;
3159
3160 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO:
3161 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21:
3162 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
3163 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
3164 if (h != NULL)
3165 {
3166 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3167 h->non_got_ref = true;
3168 }
3169 break;
3170
3171 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
3172 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
3173 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
3174 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
3175 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
3176 if (h != NULL)
3177 h->non_got_ref = true;
3178 break;
3179
3180 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
3181 if (h == NULL)
3182 break;
3183 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
3184 goto pltentry;
3185
3186 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
3187 sec->has_pltcall = 1;
3188 /* Fall through. */
3189
3190 case R_PPC_PLT32:
3191 case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
3192 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
3193 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
3194 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
3195 pltentry:
3196 #ifdef DEBUG
3197 fprintf (stderr, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3198 #endif
3199 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3200 if (h == NULL)
3201 {
3202 pltent = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
3203 NON_GOT | PLT_KEEP);
3204 if (pltent == NULL)
3205 return false;
3206 }
3207 else
3208 {
3209 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
3210 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= PLT_KEEP;
3211 h->needs_plt = 1;
3212 pltent = &h->plt.plist;
3213 }
3214 addend = 0;
3215 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3216 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
3217 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3218 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3219 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
3220 addend = rel->r_addend;
3221 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, pltent, got2, addend))
3222 return false;
3223 break;
3224
3225 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3226 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3227 section relative. */
3228 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
3229 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
3230 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
3231 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
3232 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
3233 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
3234 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
3235 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
3236 case R_PPC_TOC16:
3237 break;
3238
3239 case R_PPC_REL16:
3240 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
3241 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
3242 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
3243 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
3244 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_rel16 = 1;
3245 break;
3246
3247 /* These are just markers. */
3248 case R_PPC_TLS:
3249 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
3250 case R_PPC_NONE:
3251 case R_PPC_max:
3252 case R_PPC_RELAX:
3253 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
3254 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
3255 case R_PPC_16DX_HA:
3256 break;
3257
3258 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3259 case R_PPC_COPY:
3260 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
3261 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
3262 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
3263 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
3264 break;
3265
3266 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3267 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
3268 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
3269 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
3270 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
3271 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
3272 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
3273 break;
3274
3275 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3276 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
3277 if (h != NULL && h == htab->elf.hgot && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3278 {
3279 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3280 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3281 }
3282 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
3283 {
3284 h->needs_plt = 1;
3285 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3286 return false;
3287 }
3288 break;
3289
3290 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3291 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3292 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
3293 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
3294 return false;
3295 break;
3296
3297 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3298 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3299 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
3300 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
3301 return false;
3302 break;
3303
3304 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
3305 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
3306 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1;
3307 /* Fall through. */
3308 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3309 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
3310 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
3311 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
3312 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
3313 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
3314 goto dodyn;
3315
3316 /* Nor these. */
3317 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
3318 case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
3319 goto dodyn;
3320
3321 case R_PPC_REL32:
3322 if (h == NULL
3323 && got2 != NULL
3324 && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
3325 && bfd_link_pic (info)
3326 && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3327 {
3328 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3329 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3330 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3331 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3332 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3333 PLT call stubs. */
3334 asection *s;
3335 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
3336
3337 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->elf.sym_cache,
3338 abfd, r_symndx);
3339 if (isym == NULL)
3340 return false;
3341
3342 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
3343 if (s == got2)
3344 {
3345 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3346 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3347 }
3348 }
3349 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
3350 break;
3351 /* fall through */
3352
3353 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
3354 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
3355 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
3356 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
3357 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
3358 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
3359 case R_PPC_UADDR16:
3360 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3361 {
3362 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3363 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3364 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3365 return false;
3366
3367 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3368 h->non_got_ref = 1;
3369 h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
3370 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
3371 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha = 1;
3372 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO)
3373 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo = 1;
3374 }
3375 goto dodyn;
3376
3377 case R_PPC_REL24:
3378 case R_PPC_REL14:
3379 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
3380 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
3381 if (h == NULL)
3382 break;
3383 if (h == htab->elf.hgot)
3384 {
3385 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3386 {
3387 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3388 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3389 }
3390 break;
3391 }
3392 /* fall through */
3393
3394 case R_PPC_ADDR24:
3395 case R_PPC_ADDR14:
3396 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
3397 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
3398 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3399 {
3400 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3401 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3402 h->needs_plt = 1;
3403 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3404 return false;
3405 break;
3406 }
3407
3408 dodyn:
3409 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
3410 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
3411 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
3412 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
3413 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
3414 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
3415 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
3416 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
3417 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
3418 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
3419 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
3420 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
3421 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
3422 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
3423 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
3424 symbol local.
3425
3426 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
3427 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
3428 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
3429 symbol. */
3430 if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
3431 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)
3432 || (h != NULL
3433 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
3434 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
3435 || !h->def_regular))))
3436 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
3437 && !bfd_link_pic (info)
3438 && h != NULL
3439 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
3440 || !h->def_regular)))
3441 {
3442 #ifdef DEBUG
3443 fprintf (stderr,
3444 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3445 "create relocation for %s\n",
3446 (h && h->root.root.string
3447 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
3448 #endif
3449 if (sreloc == NULL)
3450 {
3451 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3452 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3453
3454 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3455 (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ true);
3456
3457 if (sreloc == NULL)
3458 return false;
3459 }
3460
3461 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3462 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3463 if (h != NULL)
3464 {
3465 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
3466 struct elf_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
3467
3468 rel_head = &h->dyn_relocs;
3469 p = *rel_head;
3470 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
3471 {
3472 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
3473 if (p == NULL)
3474 return false;
3475 p->next = *rel_head;
3476 *rel_head = p;
3477 p->sec = sec;
3478 p->count = 0;
3479 p->pc_count = 0;
3480 }
3481 p->count += 1;
3482 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type))
3483 p->pc_count += 1;
3484 }
3485 else
3486 {
3487 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3488 We really need local syms available to do this
3489 easily. Oh well. */
3490 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
3491 struct ppc_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
3492 bool is_ifunc;
3493 asection *s;
3494 void *vpp;
3495 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
3496
3497 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->elf.sym_cache,
3498 abfd, r_symndx);
3499 if (isym == NULL)
3500 return false;
3501
3502 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
3503 if (s == NULL)
3504 s = sec;
3505
3506 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
3507 rel_head = (struct ppc_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
3508 is_ifunc = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC;
3509 p = *rel_head;
3510 if (p != NULL && p->sec == sec && p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
3511 p = p->next;
3512 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec || p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
3513 {
3514 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
3515 if (p == NULL)
3516 return false;
3517 p->next = *rel_head;
3518 *rel_head = p;
3519 p->sec = sec;
3520 p->ifunc = is_ifunc;
3521 p->count = 0;
3522 }
3523 p->count += 1;
3524 }
3525 }
3526
3527 break;
3528 }
3529 }
3530
3531 return true;
3532 }
3533
3534 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3535 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3536 bool
_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes(bfd * ibfd,struct bfd_link_info * info)3537 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3538 {
3539 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
3540 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
3541 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
3542 bool ret = true;
3543 bool warn_only;
3544
3545 /* We only warn about shared library mismatches, because common
3546 libraries advertise support for a particular long double variant
3547 but actually support more than one variant. For example, glibc
3548 typically supports 128-bit IBM long double in the shared library
3549 but has a compatibility static archive for 64-bit long double.
3550 The linker doesn't have the smarts to see that an app using
3551 object files marked as 64-bit long double call the compatibility
3552 layer objects and only from there call into the shared library. */
3553 warn_only = (ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0;
3554
3555 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3556 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3557
3558 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
3559 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
3560
3561 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3562 {
3563 int in_fp = in_attr->i & 3;
3564 int out_fp = out_attr->i & 3;
3565 static bfd *last_fp, *last_ld;
3566
3567 if (in_fp == 0)
3568 ;
3569 else if (out_fp == 0)
3570 {
3571 if (!warn_only)
3572 {
3573 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3574 out_attr->i ^= in_fp;
3575 last_fp = ibfd;
3576 }
3577 }
3578 else if (out_fp != 2 && in_fp == 2)
3579 {
3580 _bfd_error_handler
3581 /* xgettext:c-format */
3582 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3583 last_fp, ibfd);
3584 ret = warn_only;
3585 }
3586 else if (out_fp == 2 && in_fp != 2)
3587 {
3588 _bfd_error_handler
3589 /* xgettext:c-format */
3590 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3591 ibfd, last_fp);
3592 ret = warn_only;
3593 }
3594 else if (out_fp == 1 && in_fp == 3)
3595 {
3596 _bfd_error_handler
3597 /* xgettext:c-format */
3598 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3599 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp, ibfd);
3600 ret = warn_only;
3601 }
3602 else if (out_fp == 3 && in_fp == 1)
3603 {
3604 _bfd_error_handler
3605 /* xgettext:c-format */
3606 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3607 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd, last_fp);
3608 ret = warn_only;
3609 }
3610
3611 in_fp = in_attr->i & 0xc;
3612 out_fp = out_attr->i & 0xc;
3613 if (in_fp == 0)
3614 ;
3615 else if (out_fp == 0)
3616 {
3617 if (!warn_only)
3618 {
3619 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3620 out_attr->i ^= in_fp;
3621 last_ld = ibfd;
3622 }
3623 }
3624 else if (out_fp != 2 * 4 && in_fp == 2 * 4)
3625 {
3626 _bfd_error_handler
3627 /* xgettext:c-format */
3628 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3629 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd, last_ld);
3630 ret = warn_only;
3631 }
3632 else if (in_fp != 2 * 4 && out_fp == 2 * 4)
3633 {
3634 _bfd_error_handler
3635 /* xgettext:c-format */
3636 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3637 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld, ibfd);
3638 ret = warn_only;
3639 }
3640 else if (out_fp == 1 * 4 && in_fp == 3 * 4)
3641 {
3642 _bfd_error_handler
3643 /* xgettext:c-format */
3644 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3645 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld, ibfd);
3646 ret = warn_only;
3647 }
3648 else if (out_fp == 3 * 4 && in_fp == 1 * 4)
3649 {
3650 _bfd_error_handler
3651 /* xgettext:c-format */
3652 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3653 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd, last_ld);
3654 ret = warn_only;
3655 }
3656 }
3657
3658 if (!ret)
3659 {
3660 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3661 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3662 }
3663 return ret;
3664 }
3665
3666 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3667 there are conflicting attributes. */
3668 static bool
ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes(bfd * ibfd,struct bfd_link_info * info)3669 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3670 {
3671 bfd *obfd;
3672 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
3673 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
3674 bool ret;
3675
3676 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd, info))
3677 return false;
3678
3679 obfd = info->output_bfd;
3680 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3681 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3682
3683 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3684 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3685 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
3686 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
3687 ret = true;
3688 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3689 {
3690 int in_vec = in_attr->i & 3;
3691 int out_vec = out_attr->i & 3;
3692 static bfd *last_vec;
3693
3694 if (in_vec == 0)
3695 ;
3696 else if (out_vec == 0)
3697 {
3698 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3699 out_attr->i = in_vec;
3700 last_vec = ibfd;
3701 }
3702 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3703 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3704 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3705 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3706 case too. */
3707 else if (in_vec == 1)
3708 ;
3709 else if (out_vec == 1)
3710 {
3711 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3712 out_attr->i = in_vec;
3713 last_vec = ibfd;
3714 }
3715 else if (out_vec < in_vec)
3716 {
3717 _bfd_error_handler
3718 /* xgettext:c-format */
3719 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3720 last_vec, ibfd);
3721 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3722 ret = false;
3723 }
3724 else if (out_vec > in_vec)
3725 {
3726 _bfd_error_handler
3727 /* xgettext:c-format */
3728 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3729 ibfd, last_vec);
3730 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3731 ret = false;
3732 }
3733 }
3734
3735 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3736 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3737 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
3738 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
3739 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3740 {
3741 int in_struct = in_attr->i & 3;
3742 int out_struct = out_attr->i & 3;
3743 static bfd *last_struct;
3744
3745 if (in_struct == 0 || in_struct == 3)
3746 ;
3747 else if (out_struct == 0)
3748 {
3749 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3750 out_attr->i = in_struct;
3751 last_struct = ibfd;
3752 }
3753 else if (out_struct < in_struct)
3754 {
3755 _bfd_error_handler
3756 /* xgettext:c-format */
3757 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3758 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct, ibfd);
3759 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3760 ret = false;
3761 }
3762 else if (out_struct > in_struct)
3763 {
3764 _bfd_error_handler
3765 /* xgettext:c-format */
3766 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3767 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd, last_struct);
3768 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3769 ret = false;
3770 }
3771 }
3772 if (!ret)
3773 {
3774 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3775 return false;
3776 }
3777
3778 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3779 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, info);
3780 }
3781
3782 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3783 object file when linking. */
3784
3785 static bool
ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data(bfd * ibfd,struct bfd_link_info * info)3786 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3787 {
3788 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
3789 flagword old_flags;
3790 flagword new_flags;
3791 bool error;
3792
3793 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd))
3794 return true;
3795
3796 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3797 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
3798 return false;
3799
3800 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, info))
3801 return false;
3802
3803 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
3804 return true;
3805
3806 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
3807 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
3808 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
3809 {
3810 /* First call, no flags set. */
3811 elf_flags_init (obfd) = true;
3812 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
3813 }
3814
3815 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3816 else if (new_flags == old_flags)
3817 ;
3818
3819 /* Incompatible flags. */
3820 else
3821 {
3822 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3823 to be linked with either. */
3824 error = false;
3825 if ((new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0
3826 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0)
3827 {
3828 error = true;
3829 _bfd_error_handler
3830 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3831 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd);
3832 }
3833 else if ((new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0
3834 && (old_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0)
3835 {
3836 error = true;
3837 _bfd_error_handler
3838 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3839 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd);
3840 }
3841
3842 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3843 if (! (new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB))
3844 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB;
3845
3846 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3847 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3848 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)
3849 && (new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE))
3850 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE)))
3851 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE;
3852
3853 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3854 any module uses it. */
3855 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= (new_flags & EF_PPC_EMB);
3856
3857 new_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
3858 old_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
3859
3860 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3861 if (new_flags != old_flags)
3862 {
3863 error = true;
3864 _bfd_error_handler
3865 /* xgettext:c-format */
3866 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3867 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3868 ibfd, new_flags, old_flags);
3869 }
3870
3871 if (error)
3872 {
3873 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3874 return false;
3875 }
3876 }
3877
3878 return true;
3879 }
3880
3881 static void
ppc_elf_vle_split16(bfd * input_bfd,asection * input_section,unsigned long offset,bfd_byte * loc,bfd_vma value,split16_format_type split16_format,bool fixup)3882 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd *input_bfd,
3883 asection *input_section,
3884 unsigned long offset,
3885 bfd_byte *loc,
3886 bfd_vma value,
3887 split16_format_type split16_format,
3888 bool fixup)
3889 {
3890 unsigned int insn, opcode;
3891
3892 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, loc);
3893 opcode = insn & E_OPCODE_MASK;
3894 if (opcode == E_OR2I_INSN
3895 || opcode == E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3896 || opcode == E_OR2IS_INSN
3897 || opcode == E_LIS_INSN
3898 || opcode == E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN)
3899 {
3900 if (split16_format != split16a_type)
3901 {
3902 if (fixup)
3903 split16_format = split16a_type;
3904 else
3905 _bfd_error_handler
3906 /* xgettext:c-format */
3907 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3908 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode);
3909 }
3910 }
3911 else if (opcode == E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3912 || opcode == E_ADD2IS_INSN
3913 || opcode == E_CMP16I_INSN
3914 || opcode == E_MULL2I_INSN
3915 || opcode == E_CMPL16I_INSN
3916 || opcode == E_CMPH16I_INSN
3917 || opcode == E_CMPHL16I_INSN)
3918 {
3919 if (split16_format != split16d_type)
3920 {
3921 if (fixup)
3922 split16_format = split16d_type;
3923 else
3924 _bfd_error_handler
3925 /* xgettext:c-format */
3926 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3927 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode);
3928 }
3929 }
3930 if (split16_format == split16a_type)
3931 {
3932 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3933 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5;
3934 if ((insn & E_LI_MASK) == E_LI_INSN)
3935 {
3936 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3937 insn &= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3938 insn |= (-(value & 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3939 }
3940 }
3941 else
3942 {
3943 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3944 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 10;
3945 }
3946 insn |= value & 0x7ff;
3947 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, loc);
3948 }
3949
3950 static void
ppc_elf_vle_split20(bfd * output_bfd,bfd_byte * loc,bfd_vma value)3951 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_byte *loc, bfd_vma value)
3952 {
3953 unsigned int insn;
3954
3955 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc);
3956 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3957 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3958 insn |= (value & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3959 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3960 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5;
3961 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3962 insn |= value & 0x7ff;
3963 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, loc);
3964 }
3965
3966
3967 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3968 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3969 int
ppc_elf_select_plt_layout(bfd * output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,struct bfd_link_info * info)3970 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3971 struct bfd_link_info *info)
3972 {
3973 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3974 flagword flags;
3975
3976 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
3977
3978 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3979 {
3980 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3981
3982 if (htab->params->plt_style == PLT_OLD)
3983 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3984 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3985 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
3986 && (h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "_mcount",
3987 false, false, true)) != NULL
3988 && (h->type == STT_FUNC
3989 || h->needs_plt)
3990 && h->ref_regular
3991 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
3992 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
3993 {
3994 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
3995 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
3996 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
3997 r30 to be set up. */
3998 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3999 }
4000 else
4001 {
4002 bfd *ibfd;
4003 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type = htab->params->plt_style;
4004
4005 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
4006 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
4007 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
4008 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
4009 if (plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
4010 plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4011 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4012 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
4013 {
4014 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_rel16)
4015 plt_type = PLT_NEW;
4016 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->makes_plt_call)
4017 {
4018 plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4019 htab->old_bfd = ibfd;
4020 break;
4021 }
4022 }
4023 htab->plt_type = plt_type;
4024 }
4025 }
4026 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD && htab->params->plt_style == PLT_NEW)
4027 {
4028 if (htab->old_bfd != NULL)
4029 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab->old_bfd);
4030 else
4031 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4032 }
4033
4034 BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS);
4035
4036 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
4037 {
4038 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4039 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4040
4041 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4042 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL
4043 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.splt, flags))
4044 return -1;
4045
4046 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4047 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL
4048 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags))
4049 return -1;
4050 }
4051 else
4052 {
4053 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4054 if (htab->glink != NULL
4055 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->glink, 0))
4056 return -1;
4057 }
4058 return htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW;
4059 }
4060
4061 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4062 relocation. */
4063
4064 static asection *
ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook(asection * sec,struct bfd_link_info * info,Elf_Internal_Rela * rel,struct elf_link_hash_entry * h,Elf_Internal_Sym * sym)4065 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
4066 struct bfd_link_info *info,
4067 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4068 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4069 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
4070 {
4071 if (h != NULL)
4072 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
4073 {
4074 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
4075 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
4076 return NULL;
4077 }
4078
4079 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
4080 }
4081
4082 static bool
get_sym_h(struct elf_link_hash_entry ** hp,Elf_Internal_Sym ** symp,asection ** symsecp,unsigned char ** tls_maskp,Elf_Internal_Sym ** locsymsp,unsigned long r_symndx,bfd * ibfd)4083 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry **hp,
4084 Elf_Internal_Sym **symp,
4085 asection **symsecp,
4086 unsigned char **tls_maskp,
4087 Elf_Internal_Sym **locsymsp,
4088 unsigned long r_symndx,
4089 bfd *ibfd)
4090 {
4091 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4092
4093 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4094 {
4095 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4096 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4097
4098 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4099 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4100 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4101 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4102
4103 if (hp != NULL)
4104 *hp = h;
4105
4106 if (symp != NULL)
4107 *symp = NULL;
4108
4109 if (symsecp != NULL)
4110 {
4111 asection *symsec = NULL;
4112 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4113 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4114 symsec = h->root.u.def.section;
4115 *symsecp = symsec;
4116 }
4117
4118 if (tls_maskp != NULL)
4119 *tls_maskp = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask;
4120 }
4121 else
4122 {
4123 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4124 Elf_Internal_Sym *locsyms = *locsymsp;
4125
4126 if (locsyms == NULL)
4127 {
4128 locsyms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
4129 if (locsyms == NULL)
4130 locsyms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr,
4131 symtab_hdr->sh_info,
4132 0, NULL, NULL, NULL);
4133 if (locsyms == NULL)
4134 return false;
4135 *locsymsp = locsyms;
4136 }
4137 sym = locsyms + r_symndx;
4138
4139 if (hp != NULL)
4140 *hp = NULL;
4141
4142 if (symp != NULL)
4143 *symp = sym;
4144
4145 if (symsecp != NULL)
4146 *symsecp = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd, sym->st_shndx);
4147
4148 if (tls_maskp != NULL)
4149 {
4150 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
4151 unsigned char *tls_mask;
4152
4153 tls_mask = NULL;
4154 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
4155 if (local_got != NULL)
4156 {
4157 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
4158 (local_got + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4159 unsigned char *lgot_masks = (unsigned char *)
4160 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4161 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
4162 }
4163 *tls_maskp = tls_mask;
4164 }
4165 }
4166 return true;
4167 }
4168
4169 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4170 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4171
4172 bool
ppc_elf_inline_plt(struct bfd_link_info * info)4173 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info)
4174 {
4175 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4176 bfd *ibfd;
4177 asection *sec;
4178 bfd_vma low_vma, high_vma, limit;
4179
4180 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4181 if (htab == NULL)
4182 return false;
4183
4184 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4185 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4186 between the call and its destination. */
4187 limit = 0x1e00000;
4188 low_vma = -1;
4189 high_vma = 0;
4190 for (sec = info->output_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4191 if ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE))
4192 {
4193 if (low_vma > sec->vma)
4194 low_vma = sec->vma;
4195 if (high_vma < sec->vma + sec->size)
4196 high_vma = sec->vma + sec->size;
4197 }
4198
4199 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4200 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4201 is local. */
4202 if (high_vma - low_vma < limit)
4203 {
4204 htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt = 1;
4205 return true;
4206 }
4207
4208 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4209 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4210 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4211 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4212 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4213 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4214 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4215 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4216 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4217 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4218 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4219 together except their symbol. */
4220
4221 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4222 {
4223 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4224 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
4225
4226 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
4227 continue;
4228
4229 local_syms = NULL;
4230 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4231
4232 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4233 if (sec->has_pltcall
4234 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
4235 {
4236 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
4237
4238 /* Read the relocations. */
4239 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
4240 info->keep_memory);
4241 if (relstart == NULL)
4242 return false;
4243
4244 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
4245 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++)
4246 {
4247 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
4248 unsigned long r_symndx;
4249 asection *sym_sec;
4250 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4251 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4252 unsigned char *tls_maskp;
4253
4254 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4255 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTCALL)
4256 continue;
4257
4258 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4259 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, &tls_maskp, &local_syms,
4260 r_symndx, ibfd))
4261 {
4262 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4263 free (relstart);
4264 if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
4265 free (local_syms);
4266 return false;
4267 }
4268
4269 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
4270 {
4271 bfd_vma from, to;
4272 if (h != NULL)
4273 to = h->root.u.def.value;
4274 else
4275 to = sym->st_value;
4276 to += (rel->r_addend
4277 + sym_sec->output_offset
4278 + sym_sec->output_section->vma);
4279 from = (rel->r_offset
4280 + sec->output_offset
4281 + sec->output_section->vma);
4282 if (to - from + limit < 2 * limit)
4283 *tls_maskp &= ~PLT_KEEP;
4284 }
4285 }
4286 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4287 free (relstart);
4288 }
4289
4290 if (local_syms != NULL
4291 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
4292 {
4293 if (!info->keep_memory)
4294 free (local_syms);
4295 else
4296 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
4297 }
4298 }
4299
4300 return true;
4301 }
4302
4303 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4304 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4305
4306 asection *
ppc_elf_tls_setup(bfd * obfd,struct bfd_link_info * info)4307 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4308 {
4309 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4310
4311 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4312 htab->tls_get_addr = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
4313 false, false, true);
4314 if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
4315 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = true;
4316
4317 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
4318 {
4319 struct elf_link_hash_entry *opt, *tga;
4320 opt = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4321 false, false, true);
4322 if (opt != NULL
4323 && (opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4324 || opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4325 {
4326 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4327 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4328 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4329 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4330 tga = htab->tls_get_addr;
4331 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
4332 && tga != NULL
4333 && (tga->type == STT_FUNC
4334 || tga->needs_plt)
4335 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, tga)
4336 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, tga)))
4337 {
4338 struct plt_entry *ent;
4339 for (ent = tga->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4340 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4341 break;
4342 if (ent != NULL)
4343 {
4344 tga->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect;
4345 tga->root.u.i.link = &opt->root;
4346 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt, tga);
4347 opt->mark = 1;
4348 if (opt->dynindx != -1)
4349 {
4350 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4351 opt->dynindx = -1;
4352 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
4353 opt->dynstr_index);
4354 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, opt))
4355 return false;
4356 }
4357 htab->tls_get_addr = opt;
4358 }
4359 }
4360 }
4361 else
4362 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = true;
4363 }
4364 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
4365 && htab->elf.splt != NULL
4366 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != NULL)
4367 {
4368 elf_section_type (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHT_PROGBITS;
4369 elf_section_flags (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE;
4370 }
4371
4372 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd, info);
4373 }
4374
4375 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4376 HASH. */
4377
4378 static bool
branch_reloc_hash_match(const bfd * ibfd,const Elf_Internal_Rela * rel,const struct elf_link_hash_entry * hash)4379 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd *ibfd,
4380 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4381 const struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash)
4382 {
4383 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4384 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4385 unsigned int r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4386
4387 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
4388 {
4389 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4390 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4391
4392 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4393 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4394 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4395 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4396 if (h == hash)
4397 return true;
4398 }
4399 return false;
4400 }
4401
4402 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4403 opportunities. */
4404
4405 bool
ppc_elf_tls_optimize(bfd * obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,struct bfd_link_info * info)4406 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4407 struct bfd_link_info *info)
4408 {
4409 bfd *ibfd;
4410 asection *sec;
4411 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4412 int pass;
4413
4414 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
4415 return true;
4416
4417 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4418 if (htab == NULL)
4419 return false;
4420
4421 htab->do_tls_opt = 1;
4422
4423 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4424 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4425 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4426 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4427 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4428 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4429 for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass)
4430 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4431 {
4432 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4433 asection *got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".got2");
4434
4435 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4436 if (sec->has_tls_reloc && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
4437 {
4438 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
4439 int expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
4440
4441 /* Read the relocations. */
4442 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
4443 info->keep_memory);
4444 if (relstart == NULL)
4445 return false;
4446
4447 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
4448 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++)
4449 {
4450 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
4451 unsigned long r_symndx;
4452 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
4453 unsigned char *tls_mask;
4454 unsigned char tls_set, tls_clear;
4455 bool is_local;
4456 bfd_signed_vma *got_count;
4457
4458 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4459 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4460 {
4461 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4462
4463 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4464 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4465 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4466 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4467 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4468 }
4469
4470 is_local = SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h);
4471 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4472 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4473 without marker relocs, then check that each
4474 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4475 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4476 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4477 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4478 if (pass == 0
4479 && sec->nomark_tls_get_addr
4480 && h != NULL
4481 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
4482 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4483 && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
4484 {
4485 info->callbacks->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4486 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4487 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
4488 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4489 free (relstart);
4490 return true;
4491 }
4492
4493 expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
4494 switch (r_type)
4495 {
4496 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
4497 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
4498 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
4499 /* Fall through. */
4500
4501 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
4502 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
4503 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4504 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4505 that turns out to be the case. */
4506 if (!is_local)
4507 continue;
4508
4509 /* LD -> LE */
4510 tls_set = 0;
4511 tls_clear = TLS_LD;
4512 break;
4513
4514 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
4515 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
4516 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
4517 /* Fall through. */
4518
4519 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
4520 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
4521 if (is_local)
4522 /* GD -> LE */
4523 tls_set = 0;
4524 else
4525 /* GD -> IE */
4526 tls_set = TLS_TLS | TLS_GDIE;
4527 tls_clear = TLS_GD;
4528 break;
4529
4530 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
4531 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
4532 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
4533 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
4534 if (is_local)
4535 {
4536 /* IE -> LE */
4537 tls_set = 0;
4538 tls_clear = TLS_TPREL;
4539 break;
4540 }
4541 else
4542 continue;
4543
4544 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
4545 if (!is_local)
4546 continue;
4547 /* Fall through. */
4548 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
4549 if (rel + 1 < relend
4550 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
4551 {
4552 if (pass != 0
4553 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ)
4554 {
4555 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info);
4556 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info);
4557 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4558 {
4559 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4560
4561 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4562 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4563 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4564 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4565 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4566 if (h != NULL)
4567 {
4568 struct plt_entry *ent = NULL;
4569 bfd_vma addend = 0;
4570
4571 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4572 addend = rel->r_addend;
4573 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist,
4574 got2, addend);
4575 if (ent != NULL
4576 && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4577 ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4578 }
4579 }
4580 }
4581 continue;
4582 }
4583 expecting_tls_get_addr = 2;
4584 tls_set = 0;
4585 tls_clear = 0;
4586 break;
4587
4588 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
4589 if (pass == 0)
4590 {
4591 unsigned char buf[4];
4592 unsigned int insn;
4593 bfd_vma off = rel->r_offset & ~3;
4594 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd, sec, buf,
4595 off, 4))
4596 {
4597 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4598 free (relstart);
4599 return false;
4600 }
4601 insn = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buf);
4602 /* addis rt,2,imm */
4603 if ((insn & ((0x3fu << 26) | 0x1f << 16))
4604 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)))
4605 {
4606 /* xgettext:c-format */
4607 info->callbacks->minfo
4608 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
4609 ibfd, sec, off, "R_PPC_TPREL16_HA", insn);
4610 htab->do_tls_opt = 0;
4611 }
4612 }
4613 continue;
4614
4615 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
4616 htab->do_tls_opt = 0;
4617 continue;
4618
4619 default:
4620 continue;
4621 }
4622
4623 if (pass == 0)
4624 {
4625 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4626 || !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr)
4627 continue;
4628
4629 if (rel + 1 < relend
4630 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd, rel + 1,
4631 htab->tls_get_addr))
4632 continue;
4633
4634 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4635 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4636 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4637 the entire optimization. */
4638 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4639 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4640 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
4641 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4642 free (relstart);
4643 return true;
4644 }
4645
4646 if (h != NULL)
4647 {
4648 tls_mask = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask;
4649 got_count = &h->got.refcount;
4650 }
4651 else
4652 {
4653 bfd_signed_vma *lgot_refs;
4654 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
4655 unsigned char *lgot_masks;
4656
4657 lgot_refs = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
4658 if (lgot_refs == NULL)
4659 abort ();
4660 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
4661 (lgot_refs + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4662 lgot_masks = (unsigned char *)
4663 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4664 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
4665 got_count = &lgot_refs[r_symndx];
4666 }
4667
4668 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4669 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4670 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4671 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4672 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4673 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4674 Disable optimization in this case. */
4675 if ((tls_clear & (TLS_GD | TLS_LD)) != 0
4676 && !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr
4677 && ((*tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
4678 != (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)))
4679 continue;
4680
4681 if (expecting_tls_get_addr == 1 + !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr)
4682 {
4683 struct plt_entry *ent;
4684 bfd_vma addend = 0;
4685
4686 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
4687 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4688 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTCALL))
4689 addend = rel[1].r_addend;
4690 ent = find_plt_ent (&htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist,
4691 got2, addend);
4692 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4693 ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4694 }
4695 if (tls_clear == 0)
4696 continue;
4697
4698 if (tls_set == 0)
4699 {
4700 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4701 if (*got_count > 0)
4702 *got_count -= 1;
4703 }
4704
4705 *tls_mask |= tls_set;
4706 *tls_mask &= ~tls_clear;
4707 }
4708
4709 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4710 free (relstart);
4711 }
4712 }
4713 return true;
4714 }
4715
4716 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4717 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4718 size_dynamic_sections. */
4719
4720 static bool
alias_readonly_dynrelocs(struct elf_link_hash_entry * h)4721 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4722 {
4723 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h);
4724 do
4725 {
4726 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh->elf))
4727 return true;
4728 eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh->elf.u.alias);
4729 } while (eh != NULL && &eh->elf != h);
4730
4731 return false;
4732 }
4733
4734 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4735
4736 static bool
pc_dynrelocs(struct elf_link_hash_entry * h)4737 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4738 {
4739 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
4740
4741 for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
4742 if (p->pc_count != 0)
4743 return true;
4744 return false;
4745 }
4746
4747 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4748 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4749 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4750 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4751 understand. */
4752
4753 static bool
ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol(struct bfd_link_info * info,struct elf_link_hash_entry * h)4754 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
4755 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4756 {
4757 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4758 asection *s;
4759
4760 #ifdef DEBUG
4761 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4762 h->root.root.string);
4763 #endif
4764
4765 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4766 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4767 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL
4768 && (h->needs_plt
4769 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4770 || h->is_weakalias
4771 || (h->def_dynamic
4772 && h->ref_regular
4773 && !h->def_regular)));
4774
4775 /* Deal with function syms. */
4776 if (h->type == STT_FUNC
4777 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4778 || h->needs_plt)
4779 {
4780 bool local = (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4781 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h));
4782 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4783 function symbol is local. */
4784 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && local)
4785 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4786
4787 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4788 won't need a .plt entry. */
4789 struct plt_entry *ent;
4790 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4791 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4792 break;
4793 if (ent == NULL
4794 || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
4795 && local
4796 && (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4797 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask
4798 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP)))
4799 {
4800 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4801
4802 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4803 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4804 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4805
4806 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4807
4808 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4809 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4810 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4811 h->needs_plt = 0;
4812 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0;
4813 }
4814 else
4815 {
4816 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4817 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4818 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4819 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4820 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4821 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4822 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4823 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4824 than link time. */
4825 if ((h->pointer_equality_needed
4826 || (h->non_got_ref
4827 && !h->ref_regular_nonweak
4828 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
4829 && htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks
4830 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
4831 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h))
4832 {
4833 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0;
4834 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4835 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4836 if (!h->needs_plt && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
4837 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4838 }
4839 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
4840 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4841 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4842 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4843 }
4844 h->protected_def = 0;
4845 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4846 return true;
4847 }
4848 else
4849 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4850
4851 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4852 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4853 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4854 if (h->is_weakalias)
4855 {
4856 struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
4857 BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
4858 h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
4859 h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
4860 if (def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynbss
4861 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro
4862 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->dynsbss)
4863 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4864 return true;
4865 }
4866
4867 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4868 is not a function. */
4869
4870 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4871 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4872 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4873 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4874 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4875 {
4876 h->protected_def = 0;
4877 return true;
4878 }
4879
4880 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4881 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4882 if (!h->non_got_ref)
4883 {
4884 h->protected_def = 0;
4885 return true;
4886 }
4887
4888 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4889 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4890 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4891 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4892 if (h->protected_def)
4893 {
4894 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4895 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
4896 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo
4897 && htab->params->pic_fixup == 0
4898 && info->disable_target_specific_optimizations <= 1)
4899 htab->params->pic_fixup = 1;
4900 return true;
4901 }
4902
4903 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4904 if (info->nocopyreloc)
4905 return true;
4906
4907 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4908 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4909 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4910 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4911 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4912 executable. */
4913 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4914 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
4915 && htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks
4916 && !h->def_regular
4917 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h))
4918 return true;
4919
4920 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4921 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4922 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4923 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4924 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4925 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4926 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4927 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4928 same memory location for the variable.
4929
4930 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4931 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4932 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
4933 s = htab->dynsbss;
4934 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
4935 s = htab->elf.sdynrelro;
4936 else
4937 s = htab->elf.sdynbss;
4938 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4939
4940 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
4941 {
4942 asection *srel;
4943
4944 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4945 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4946 and into the runtime process image. */
4947 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
4948 srel = htab->relsbss;
4949 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
4950 srel = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
4951 else
4952 srel = htab->elf.srelbss;
4953 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
4954 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4955 h->needs_copy = 1;
4956 }
4957
4958 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4959 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4960 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
4961 }
4962
4963 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4964 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4965 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4966 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4967 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4968
4969 static bool
add_stub_sym(struct plt_entry * ent,struct elf_link_hash_entry * h,struct bfd_link_info * info)4970 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry *ent,
4971 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4972 struct bfd_link_info *info)
4973 {
4974 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
4975 size_t len1, len2, len3;
4976 char *name;
4977 const char *stub;
4978 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4979
4980 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4981 stub = ".plt_pic32.";
4982 else
4983 stub = ".plt_call32.";
4984
4985 len1 = strlen (h->root.root.string);
4986 len2 = strlen (stub);
4987 len3 = 0;
4988 if (ent->sec)
4989 len3 = strlen (ent->sec->name);
4990 name = bfd_malloc (len1 + len2 + len3 + 9);
4991 if (name == NULL)
4992 return false;
4993 sprintf (name, "%08x", (unsigned) ent->addend & 0xffffffff);
4994 if (ent->sec)
4995 memcpy (name + 8, ent->sec->name, len3);
4996 memcpy (name + 8 + len3, stub, len2);
4997 memcpy (name + 8 + len3 + len2, h->root.root.string, len1 + 1);
4998 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, name, true, false, false);
4999 if (sh == NULL)
5000 return false;
5001 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5002 {
5003 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5004 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5005 sh->root.u.def.value = ent->glink_offset;
5006 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5007 sh->def_regular = 1;
5008 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5009 sh->forced_local = 1;
5010 sh->non_elf = 0;
5011 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5012 }
5013 return true;
5014 }
5015
5016 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
5017 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
5018
5019 static bfd_vma
allocate_got(struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table * htab,unsigned int need)5020 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab, unsigned int need)
5021 {
5022 bfd_vma where;
5023 unsigned int max_before_header;
5024
5025 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
5026 {
5027 where = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5028 htab->elf.sgot->size += need;
5029 }
5030 else
5031 {
5032 max_before_header = htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW ? 32768 : 32764;
5033 if (need <= htab->got_gap)
5034 {
5035 where = max_before_header - htab->got_gap;
5036 htab->got_gap -= need;
5037 }
5038 else
5039 {
5040 if (htab->elf.sgot->size + need > max_before_header
5041 && htab->elf.sgot->size <= max_before_header)
5042 {
5043 htab->got_gap = max_before_header - htab->elf.sgot->size;
5044 htab->elf.sgot->size = max_before_header + htab->got_header_size;
5045 }
5046 where = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5047 htab->elf.sgot->size += need;
5048 }
5049 }
5050 return where;
5051 }
5052
5053 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5054 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5055
5056 static inline unsigned int
got_entries_needed(int tls_mask)5057 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask)
5058 {
5059 unsigned int need;
5060 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) == 0)
5061 need = 4;
5062 else
5063 {
5064 need = 0;
5065 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
5066 need += 8;
5067 if ((tls_mask & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0)
5068 need += 4;
5069 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
5070 need += 4;
5071 }
5072 return need;
5073 }
5074
5075 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5076
5077 static bool
ensure_undef_dynamic(struct bfd_link_info * info,struct elf_link_hash_entry * h)5078 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5079 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5080 {
5081 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
5082
5083 if (htab->dynamic_sections_created
5084 && ((info->dynamic_undefined_weak != 0
5085 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5086 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5087 && h->dynindx == -1
5088 && !h->forced_local
5089 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5090 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
5091 return true;
5092 }
5093
5094 /* Choose whether to use htab->iplt or htab->pltlocal rather than the
5095 usual htab->elf.splt section for a PLT entry. */
5096
5097 static inline
use_local_plt(struct bfd_link_info * info,struct elf_link_hash_entry * h)5098 bool use_local_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5099 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5100 {
5101 return (h == NULL
5102 || h->dynindx == -1
5103 || !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created);
5104 }
5105
5106 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5107
5108 static bool
allocate_dynrelocs(struct elf_link_hash_entry * h,void * inf)5109 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
5110 {
5111 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
5112 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
5113 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5114 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
5115
5116 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
5117 return true;
5118
5119 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5120 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5121 if (eh->elf.got.refcount > 0
5122 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5123 && !eh->elf.def_regular
5124 && eh->elf.protected_def
5125 && eh->has_addr16_ha
5126 && eh->has_addr16_lo
5127 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0))
5128 {
5129 unsigned int need;
5130
5131 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5132 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, &eh->elf))
5133 return false;
5134
5135 need = 0;
5136 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5137 {
5138 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf))
5139 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5140 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5141 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5142 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
5143 else
5144 need += 8;
5145 }
5146 need += got_entries_needed (eh->tls_mask);
5147 if (need == 0)
5148 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5149 else
5150 {
5151 eh->elf.got.offset = allocate_got (htab, need);
5152 if (((bfd_link_pic (info)
5153 && !((eh->tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
5154 && bfd_link_executable (info)
5155 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf)))
5156 || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5157 && eh->elf.dynindx != -1
5158 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf)))
5159 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, &eh->elf))
5160 {
5161 asection *rsec;
5162
5163 need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4;
5164 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5165 need -= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5166 rsec = htab->elf.srelgot;
5167 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5168 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt;
5169 rsec->size += need;
5170 }
5171 }
5172 }
5173 else
5174 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5175
5176 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5177 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5178 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5179 && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5180 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5181
5182 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5183 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
5184 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
5185 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5186
5187 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5188 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5189 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
5190 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5191
5192 if (h->dyn_relocs == NULL)
5193 ;
5194
5195 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5196 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5197 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5198 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5199 changes. */
5200 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5201 {
5202 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5203 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5204 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5205 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5206 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5207 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5208 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
5209 {
5210 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
5211
5212 for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5213 {
5214 p->count -= p->pc_count;
5215 p->pc_count = 0;
5216 if (p->count == 0)
5217 *pp = p->next;
5218 else
5219 pp = &p->next;
5220 }
5221 }
5222
5223 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks)
5224 {
5225 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
5226
5227 for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5228 {
5229 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5230 *pp = p->next;
5231 else
5232 pp = &p->next;
5233 }
5234 }
5235
5236 if (h->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5237 {
5238 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5239 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5240 return false;
5241 }
5242 }
5243 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
5244 {
5245 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5246 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5247 dynamic. */
5248 if ((h->dynamic_adjusted
5249 || (h->ref_regular
5250 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5251 && (info->dynamic_undefined_weak > 0
5252 || !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h))))
5253 && !h->def_regular
5254 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h)
5255 && !(h->protected_def
5256 && eh->has_addr16_ha
5257 && eh->has_addr16_lo
5258 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0))
5259 {
5260 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5261 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5262 return false;
5263
5264 if (h->dynindx == -1)
5265 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5266 }
5267 else
5268 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5269 }
5270
5271 /* Allocate space. */
5272 for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
5273 {
5274 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
5275 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5276 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
5277 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5278 }
5279
5280 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5281 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5282 a) is dynamic, or
5283 b) is an ifunc, or
5284 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5285 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5286 if ((htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created && h->dynindx != -1)
5287 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
5288 || (h->needs_plt && h->dynamic_adjusted)
5289 || (h->needs_plt
5290 && h->def_regular
5291 && !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5292 && !htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5293 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask
5294 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) == PLT_KEEP))
5295 {
5296 struct plt_entry *ent;
5297 bool doneone = false;
5298 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5299
5300 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
5301 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
5302 {
5303 asection *s;
5304 bool dyn;
5305
5306 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5307 return false;
5308
5309 dyn = !use_local_plt (info, h);
5310 s = htab->elf.splt;
5311 if (!dyn)
5312 {
5313 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5314 s = htab->elf.iplt;
5315 else
5316 s = htab->pltlocal;
5317 }
5318
5319 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn)
5320 {
5321 if (!doneone)
5322 {
5323 plt_offset = s->size;
5324 s->size += 4;
5325 }
5326 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5327
5328 if (s == htab->pltlocal)
5329 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5330 else
5331 {
5332 s = htab->glink;
5333 if (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info))
5334 {
5335 glink_offset = s->size;
5336 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h);
5337 }
5338 if (!doneone
5339 && !bfd_link_pic (info)
5340 && h->def_dynamic
5341 && !h->def_regular)
5342 {
5343 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5344 h->root.u.def.value = glink_offset;
5345 }
5346 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5347
5348 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms
5349 && !add_stub_sym (ent, h, info))
5350 return false;
5351 }
5352 }
5353 else
5354 {
5355 if (!doneone)
5356 {
5357 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5358 for the special first entry. */
5359 if (s->size == 0)
5360 s->size += htab->plt_initial_entry_size;
5361
5362 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5363 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5364 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5365 word available at the end. */
5366 plt_offset = (htab->plt_initial_entry_size
5367 + (htab->plt_slot_size
5368 * ((s->size
5369 - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5370 / htab->plt_entry_size)));
5371
5372 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5373 file, and we are not generating a shared
5374 library, then set the symbol to this location
5375 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5376 relocations, and is required to make
5377 function pointers compare as equal between
5378 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5379 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
5380 && h->def_dynamic
5381 && !h->def_regular)
5382 {
5383 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5384 h->root.u.def.value = plt_offset;
5385 }
5386
5387 /* Make room for this entry. */
5388 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
5389 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5390 is allocated. */
5391 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD
5392 && (s->size - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5393 / htab->plt_entry_size
5394 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES)
5395 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
5396 }
5397 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5398 }
5399
5400 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5401 if (!doneone)
5402 {
5403 if (!dyn)
5404 {
5405 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5406 {
5407 s = htab->elf.irelplt;
5408 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5409 }
5410 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5411 {
5412 s = htab->relpltlocal;
5413 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5414 }
5415 }
5416 else
5417 {
5418 htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5419
5420 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
5421 {
5422 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5423 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
5424 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5425 {
5426 if (ent->plt.offset
5427 == (bfd_vma) htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5428 {
5429 htab->srelplt2->size
5430 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
5431 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS);
5432 }
5433
5434 htab->srelplt2->size
5435 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
5436 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS);
5437 }
5438
5439 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5440 .got.plt. */
5441 htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4;
5442 }
5443 }
5444 doneone = true;
5445 }
5446 }
5447 else
5448 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5449
5450 if (!doneone)
5451 {
5452 h->plt.plist = NULL;
5453 h->needs_plt = 0;
5454 }
5455 }
5456 else
5457 {
5458 h->plt.plist = NULL;
5459 h->needs_plt = 0;
5460 }
5461
5462 return true;
5463 }
5464
5465 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie[] =
5466 {
5467 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5468 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5469 1, /* CIE version. */
5470 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5471 4, /* Code alignment. */
5472 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5473 65, /* RA reg. */
5474 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5475 DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding. */
5476 DW_CFA_def_cfa, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5477 };
5478
5479 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5480
5481 static bool
ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections(bfd * output_bfd,struct bfd_link_info * info)5482 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
5483 struct bfd_link_info *info)
5484 {
5485 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5486 asection *s;
5487 bool relocs;
5488 bfd *ibfd;
5489
5490 #ifdef DEBUG
5491 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5492 #endif
5493
5494 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5495 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL);
5496
5497 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5498 {
5499 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5500 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
5501 {
5502 s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->elf.dynobj, ".interp");
5503 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5504 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
5505 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
5506 }
5507 }
5508
5509 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
5510 htab->got_header_size = 16;
5511 else if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
5512 htab->got_header_size = 12;
5513
5514 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5515 relocs. */
5516 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
5517 {
5518 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
5519 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
5520 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
5521 struct plt_entry **end_local_plt;
5522 char *lgot_masks;
5523 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
5524 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5525
5526 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
5527 continue;
5528
5529 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5530 {
5531 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
5532
5533 for (p = ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs *)
5534 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
5535 p != NULL;
5536 p = p->next)
5537 {
5538 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
5539 && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
5540 {
5541 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5542 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5543 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5544 the relocs too. */
5545 }
5546 else if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks
5547 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
5548 ".tls_vars") == 0)
5549 {
5550 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5551 handled specially by the loader. */
5552 }
5553 else if (p->count != 0)
5554 {
5555 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
5556 if (p->ifunc)
5557 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
5558 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5559 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags
5560 & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
5561 == (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
5562 {
5563 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5564 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5565 p->sec->owner, p->sec);
5566 }
5567 }
5568 }
5569 }
5570
5571 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
5572 if (!local_got)
5573 continue;
5574
5575 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
5576 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5577 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
5578 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got;
5579 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
5580 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt;
5581
5582 for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got, ++lgot_masks)
5583 if (*local_got > 0)
5584 {
5585 unsigned int need;
5586 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5587 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
5588 need = got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks);
5589 if (need == 0)
5590 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
5591 else
5592 {
5593 *local_got = allocate_got (htab, need);
5594 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
5595 && !((*lgot_masks & TLS_TLS) != 0
5596 && bfd_link_executable (info)))
5597 {
5598 asection *srel;
5599
5600 need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4;
5601 srel = htab->elf.srelgot;
5602 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5603 srel = htab->elf.irelplt;
5604 srel->size += need;
5605 }
5606 }
5607 }
5608 else
5609 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
5610
5611 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks)
5612 continue;
5613
5614 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5615 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt;
5616 for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt, ++lgot_masks)
5617 {
5618 struct plt_entry *ent;
5619 bool doneone = false;
5620 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5621
5622 for (ent = *local_plt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
5623 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
5624 {
5625 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5626 s = htab->elf.iplt;
5627 else if (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5628 || (*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP)
5629 {
5630 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5631 continue;
5632 }
5633 else
5634 s = htab->pltlocal;
5635
5636 if (!doneone)
5637 {
5638 plt_offset = s->size;
5639 s->size += 4;
5640 }
5641 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5642
5643 if (s != htab->pltlocal && (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info)))
5644 {
5645 s = htab->glink;
5646 glink_offset = s->size;
5647 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, NULL);
5648 }
5649 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5650
5651 if (!doneone)
5652 {
5653 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5654 {
5655 s = htab->elf.irelplt;
5656 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5657 }
5658 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5659 {
5660 s = htab->relpltlocal;
5661 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5662 }
5663 doneone = true;
5664 }
5665 }
5666 else
5667 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5668 }
5669 }
5670
5671 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5672 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), allocate_dynrelocs, info);
5673
5674 if (htab->tlsld_got.refcount > 0)
5675 {
5676 htab->tlsld_got.offset = allocate_got (htab, 8);
5677 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
5678 htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5679 }
5680 else
5681 htab->tlsld_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5682
5683 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL && htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS)
5684 {
5685 unsigned int g_o_t = 32768;
5686
5687 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5688 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5689 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5690 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5691 if (htab->elf.sgot->size <= 32768)
5692 {
5693 g_o_t = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5694 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
5695 g_o_t += 4;
5696 htab->elf.sgot->size += htab->got_header_size;
5697 }
5698
5699 htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value = g_o_t;
5700 }
5701 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5702 {
5703 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
5704
5705 sda->root.u.def.section = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section;
5706 sda->root.u.def.value = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
5707 }
5708 if (info->emitrelocations)
5709 {
5710 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
5711
5712 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular)
5713 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5714 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
5715 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular)
5716 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5717 }
5718
5719 if (htab->glink != NULL
5720 && htab->glink->size != 0
5721 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5722 {
5723 htab->glink_pltresolve = htab->glink->size;
5724 /* Space for the branch table. */
5725 htab->glink->size
5726 += htab->elf.srelplt->size / (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4) - 4;
5727 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5728 htab->glink->size += -htab->glink->size & (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
5729 ? 63 : 15);
5730 htab->glink->size += GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
5731
5732 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms)
5733 {
5734 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
5735 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink",
5736 true, false, false);
5737 if (sh == NULL)
5738 return false;
5739 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5740 {
5741 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5742 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5743 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink_pltresolve;
5744 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5745 sh->def_regular = 1;
5746 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5747 sh->forced_local = 1;
5748 sh->non_elf = 0;
5749 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5750 }
5751 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5752 true, false, false);
5753 if (sh == NULL)
5754 return false;
5755 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5756 {
5757 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5758 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5759 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
5760 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5761 sh->def_regular = 1;
5762 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5763 sh->forced_local = 1;
5764 sh->non_elf = 0;
5765 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5766 }
5767 }
5768 }
5769
5770 if (htab->glink != NULL
5771 && htab->glink->size != 0
5772 && htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
5773 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section)
5774 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info))
5775 {
5776 s = htab->glink_eh_frame;
5777 s->size = sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) + 20;
5778 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5779 {
5780 s->size += 4;
5781 if (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8 >= 256)
5782 s->size += 4;
5783 }
5784 }
5785
5786 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5787 Allocate memory for them. */
5788 relocs = false;
5789 for (s = htab->elf.dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5790 {
5791 bool strip_section = true;
5792
5793 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5794 continue;
5795
5796 if (s == htab->elf.splt
5797 || s == htab->elf.sgot)
5798 {
5799 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5800 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5801 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5802 if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL)
5803 strip_section = false;
5804 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5805 comment below. */
5806 }
5807 else if (s == htab->elf.iplt
5808 || s == htab->pltlocal
5809 || s == htab->glink
5810 || s == htab->glink_eh_frame
5811 || s == htab->elf.sgotplt
5812 || s == htab->sbss
5813 || s == htab->elf.sdynbss
5814 || s == htab->elf.sdynrelro
5815 || s == htab->dynsbss)
5816 {
5817 /* Strip these too. */
5818 }
5819 else if (s == htab->sdata[0].section
5820 || s == htab->sdata[1].section)
5821 {
5822 strip_section = (s->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0;
5823 }
5824 else if (startswith (bfd_section_name (s), ".rela"))
5825 {
5826 if (s->size != 0)
5827 {
5828 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5829 relocs = true;
5830
5831 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5832 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5833 s->reloc_count = 0;
5834 }
5835 }
5836 else
5837 {
5838 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5839 continue;
5840 }
5841
5842 if (s->size == 0 && strip_section)
5843 {
5844 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5845 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5846 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5847 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5848 before the linker maps input sections to output
5849 sections. The linker does that before
5850 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5851 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5852 into these sections. */
5853 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5854 continue;
5855 }
5856
5857 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
5858 continue;
5859
5860 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5861 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->elf.dynobj, s->size);
5862 if (s->contents == NULL)
5863 return false;
5864 }
5865
5866 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5867 {
5868 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5869 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5870 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5871 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5872 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5873 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5874 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5875
5876 if (!_bfd_elf_maybe_vxworks_add_dynamic_tags (output_bfd, info,
5877 relocs))
5878 return false;
5879
5880 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
5881 && htab->glink != NULL
5882 && htab->glink->size != 0)
5883 {
5884 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT, 0))
5885 return false;
5886 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5887 && htab->tls_get_addr != NULL
5888 && htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist != NULL
5889 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT, PPC_OPT_TLS))
5890 return false;
5891 }
5892 }
5893 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5894
5895 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
5896 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
5897 {
5898 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
5899 bfd_vma val;
5900
5901 memcpy (p, glink_eh_frame_cie, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie));
5902 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5903 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) - 4, p);
5904 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
5905 /* FDE length. */
5906 val = htab->glink_eh_frame->size - 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
5907 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
5908 p += 4;
5909 /* CIE pointer. */
5910 val = p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
5911 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
5912 p += 4;
5913 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5914 p += 4;
5915 /* .glink size. */
5916 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->glink->size, p);
5917 p += 4;
5918 /* Augmentation. */
5919 p += 1;
5920
5921 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
5922 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5923 {
5924 bfd_vma adv = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8) >> 2;
5925 if (adv < 64)
5926 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + adv;
5927 else if (adv < 256)
5928 {
5929 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1;
5930 *p++ = adv;
5931 }
5932 else if (adv < 65536)
5933 {
5934 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2;
5935 bfd_put_16 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p);
5936 p += 2;
5937 }
5938 else
5939 {
5940 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
5941 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p);
5942 p += 4;
5943 }
5944 *p++ = DW_CFA_register;
5945 *p++ = 65;
5946 p++;
5947 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 4;
5948 *p++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended;
5949 *p++ = 65;
5950 }
5951 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma) ((p + 3 - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents) & -4)
5952 == htab->glink_eh_frame->size);
5953 }
5954
5955 return true;
5956 }
5957
5958 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
5959 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
5960
5961 static void
maybe_strip_sdasym(bfd * output_bfd,elf_linker_section_t * lsect)5962 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd *output_bfd, elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
5963 {
5964 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = lsect->sym;
5965
5966 if (sda != NULL && !sda->ref_regular && sda->dynindx == -1)
5967 {
5968 asection *s;
5969
5970 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->name);
5971 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s))
5972 {
5973 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->bss_name);
5974 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s))
5975 {
5976 sda->def_regular = 0;
5977 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
5978 sda->ref_dynamic = 1;
5979 sda->forced_local = 0;
5980 }
5981 }
5982 }
5983 }
5984
5985 void
ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms(struct bfd_link_info * info)5986 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info *info)
5987 {
5988 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5989
5990 if (htab != NULL)
5991 {
5992 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[0]);
5993 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[1]);
5994 }
5995 }
5996
5997
5998 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5999
6000 static bool
ppc_elf_hash_symbol(struct elf_link_hash_entry * h)6001 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6002 {
6003 if (h->plt.plist != NULL
6004 && !h->def_regular
6005 && (!h->pointer_equality_needed
6006 || !h->ref_regular_nonweak))
6007 return false;
6008
6009 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h);
6010 }
6011
6012 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
6013
6014 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
6015 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
6016 static const int shared_stub_entry[] =
6017 {
6018 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
6019 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
6020 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
6021 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
6022 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
6023 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
6024 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6025 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6026 };
6027
6028 static const int stub_entry[] =
6029 {
6030 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
6031 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
6032 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6033 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6034 };
6035
6036 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
6037 {
6038 unsigned int workaround_size;
6039 unsigned int picfixup_size;
6040 };
6041
6042 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
6043 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
6044 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
6045 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
6046
6047 static bool
ppc_elf_relax_section(bfd * abfd,asection * isec,struct bfd_link_info * link_info,bool * again)6048 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd,
6049 asection *isec,
6050 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
6051 bool *again)
6052 {
6053 struct one_branch_fixup
6054 {
6055 struct one_branch_fixup *next;
6056 asection *tsec;
6057 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6058 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6059 bfd_vma toff;
6060 bfd_vma trampoff;
6061 };
6062
6063 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6064 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6065 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
6066 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
6067 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend = NULL;
6068 struct one_branch_fixup *branch_fixups = NULL;
6069 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL;
6070 unsigned changes = 0;
6071 bool workaround_change;
6072 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6073 bfd_size_type trampbase, trampoff, newsize, picfixup_size;
6074 asection *got2;
6075 bool maybe_pasted;
6076
6077 *again = false;
6078
6079 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6080 if ((isec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6081 || (isec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0
6082 || (isec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
6083 || isec->size < 4)
6084 return true;
6085
6086 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6087 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6088 anyway. */
6089 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) && bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6090 return true;
6091
6092 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info);
6093 if (htab == NULL)
6094 return true;
6095
6096 isec->size = (isec->size + 3) & -4;
6097 if (isec->rawsize == 0)
6098 isec->rawsize = isec->size;
6099 trampbase = isec->size;
6100
6101 BFD_ASSERT (isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6102 || isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET);
6103 isec->sec_info_type = SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET;
6104
6105 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
6106 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6107 {
6108 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL)
6109 {
6110 elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info
6111 = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info));
6112 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL)
6113 return false;
6114 }
6115 relax_info = elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info;
6116 trampbase -= relax_info->workaround_size;
6117 }
6118
6119 maybe_pasted = (strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
6120 || strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0);
6121 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6122 trampoff = trampbase;
6123 if (maybe_pasted && trampbase == isec->rawsize)
6124 trampoff += 4;
6125
6126 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
6127 picfixup_size = 0;
6128 if (htab->params->branch_trampolines
6129 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6130 {
6131 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6132 if (isec->reloc_count != 0)
6133 {
6134 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, isec, NULL, NULL,
6135 link_info->keep_memory);
6136 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
6137 goto error_return;
6138 }
6139
6140 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
6141
6142 irelend = internal_relocs + isec->reloc_count;
6143 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
6144 {
6145 unsigned long r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
6146 bfd_vma toff, roff;
6147 asection *tsec;
6148 struct one_branch_fixup *f;
6149 size_t insn_offset = 0;
6150 bfd_vma max_branch_offset = 0, val;
6151 bfd_byte *hit_addr;
6152 unsigned long t0;
6153 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6154 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6155 struct plt_entry **plist;
6156 unsigned char sym_type;
6157
6158 switch (r_type)
6159 {
6160 case R_PPC_REL24:
6161 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
6162 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
6163 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
6164 max_branch_offset = 1 << 25;
6165 break;
6166
6167 case R_PPC_REL14:
6168 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
6169 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
6170 max_branch_offset = 1 << 15;
6171 break;
6172
6173 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
6174 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6175 break;
6176 continue;
6177
6178 default:
6179 continue;
6180 }
6181
6182 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6183 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &isym, &tsec, NULL, &isymbuf,
6184 ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), abfd))
6185 goto error_return;
6186
6187 if (isym != NULL)
6188 {
6189 if (tsec != NULL)
6190 ;
6191 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
6192 tsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6193 else
6194 continue;
6195
6196 toff = isym->st_value;
6197 sym_type = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info);
6198 }
6199 else
6200 {
6201 if (tsec != NULL)
6202 toff = h->root.u.def.value;
6203 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
6204 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6205 {
6206 unsigned long indx;
6207
6208 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6209 tsec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6210 toff = bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) ? indx : 0;
6211 }
6212 else
6213 continue;
6214
6215 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6216 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6217 branch stub in that case. */
6218 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info)
6219 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
6220 && irel != internal_relocs)
6221 {
6222 unsigned long t_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info);
6223 unsigned long t_rtype = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info);
6224 unsigned int tls_mask = 0;
6225
6226 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6227 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6228 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6229 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6230 if (t_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6231 {
6232 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
6233
6234 if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
6235 {
6236 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
6237 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6238 char *lgot_masks = (char *)
6239 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6240 tls_mask = lgot_masks[t_symndx];
6241 }
6242 }
6243 else
6244 {
6245 struct elf_link_hash_entry *th
6246 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[t_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
6247
6248 while (th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6249 || th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6250 th = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) th->root.u.i.link;
6251
6252 tls_mask
6253 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) th)->tls_mask;
6254 }
6255
6256 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6257 optimised away. */
6258 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
6259 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSGD
6260 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6261 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO))
6262 continue;
6263 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
6264 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSLD
6265 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6266 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO))
6267 continue;
6268 }
6269
6270 sym_type = h->type;
6271 }
6272
6273 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
6274 {
6275 if (h != NULL
6276 && !h->def_regular
6277 && h->protected_def
6278 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
6279 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo)
6280 picfixup_size += 12;
6281 continue;
6282 }
6283
6284 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6285 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6286 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6287 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6288 plist = NULL;
6289 if (h != NULL)
6290 {
6291 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6292 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6293 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6294 plist = &h->plt.plist;
6295 }
6296 else if (sym_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6297 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd) != NULL)
6298 {
6299 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
6300 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
6301 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6302 plist = local_plt + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
6303 }
6304 if (plist != NULL)
6305 {
6306 bfd_vma addend = 0;
6307 struct plt_entry *ent;
6308
6309 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6310 addend = irel->r_addend;
6311 ent = find_plt_ent (plist, got2, addend);
6312 if (ent != NULL)
6313 {
6314 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
6315 || h == NULL
6316 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
6317 || h->dynindx == -1)
6318 {
6319 tsec = htab->glink;
6320 toff = ent->glink_offset;
6321 }
6322 else
6323 {
6324 tsec = htab->elf.splt;
6325 toff = ent->plt.offset;
6326 }
6327 }
6328 }
6329
6330 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6331 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6332 branch overflow. */
6333 if (tsec == isec)
6334 continue;
6335
6336 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6337 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6338 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6339 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6340 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6341 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6342 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr
6343 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24
6344 && irel->r_addend != 0)
6345 continue;
6346
6347 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6348 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6349 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6350 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6351 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6352 if (0 && tsec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
6353 {
6354 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6355 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6356 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6357 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6358 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6359
6360 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6361 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6362 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6363 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6364 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6365 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6366 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6367 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6368 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6369 location of interest is just "sym". */
6370 if (sym_type == STT_SECTION
6371 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6372 toff += irel->r_addend;
6373
6374 toff
6375 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &tsec,
6376 elf_section_data (tsec)->sec_info,
6377 toff);
6378
6379 if (sym_type != STT_SECTION
6380 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6381 toff += irel->r_addend;
6382 }
6383 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6384 else if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6385 toff += irel->r_addend;
6386
6387 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6388 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6389 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr)
6390 || tsec->output_section == NULL
6391 || (tsec->owner != NULL
6392 && (tsec->owner->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) != 0))
6393 continue;
6394
6395 roff = irel->r_offset;
6396
6397 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6398 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6399 fixup can be created at final link.
6400 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6401 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6402 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6403 && (isec->output_section->rawsize - (isec->output_offset + roff)
6404 < max_branch_offset - (max_branch_offset >> 4)))
6405 continue;
6406
6407 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6408 if (tsec != bfd_und_section_ptr
6409 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6410 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6411 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6412 || tsec->output_section == isec->output_section))
6413 {
6414 bfd_vma symaddr, reladdr;
6415
6416 symaddr = tsec->output_section->vma + tsec->output_offset + toff;
6417 reladdr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset + roff;
6418 if (symaddr - reladdr + max_branch_offset
6419 < 2 * max_branch_offset)
6420 continue;
6421 }
6422
6423 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6424 for (f = branch_fixups; f ; f = f->next)
6425 if (f->tsec == tsec && f->toff == toff)
6426 break;
6427
6428 if (f == NULL)
6429 {
6430 size_t size;
6431 unsigned long stub_rtype;
6432
6433 val = trampoff - roff;
6434 if (val >= max_branch_offset)
6435 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6436 one. We'll report an error later. */
6437 continue;
6438
6439 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6440 {
6441 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry);
6442 insn_offset = 12;
6443 }
6444 else
6445 {
6446 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
6447 insn_offset = 0;
6448 }
6449 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX;
6450 if (tsec == htab->elf.splt
6451 || tsec == htab->glink)
6452 {
6453 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLT;
6454 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6455 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24;
6456 }
6457
6458 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6459 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6460 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
6461 stub_rtype);
6462 irel->r_offset = trampoff + insn_offset;
6463 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
6464 && stub_rtype != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
6465 irel->r_addend = 0;
6466
6467 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6468 f = bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f));
6469 f->next = branch_fixups;
6470 f->tsec = tsec;
6471 f->toff = toff;
6472 f->trampoff = trampoff;
6473 branch_fixups = f;
6474
6475 trampoff += size;
6476 changes++;
6477 }
6478 else
6479 {
6480 val = f->trampoff - roff;
6481 if (val >= max_branch_offset)
6482 continue;
6483
6484 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6485 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
6486 }
6487
6488 /* Get the section contents. */
6489 if (contents == NULL)
6490 {
6491 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6492 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
6493 contents = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents;
6494 /* Go get them off disk. */
6495 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, isec, &contents))
6496 goto error_return;
6497 }
6498
6499 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6500 hit_addr = contents + roff;
6501 switch (r_type)
6502 {
6503 case R_PPC_REL24:
6504 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
6505 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
6506 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
6507 t0 &= ~0x3fffffc;
6508 t0 |= val & 0x3fffffc;
6509 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
6510 break;
6511
6512 case R_PPC_REL14:
6513 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
6514 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
6515 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
6516 t0 &= ~0xfffc;
6517 t0 |= val & 0xfffc;
6518 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
6519 break;
6520 }
6521 }
6522
6523 while (branch_fixups != NULL)
6524 {
6525 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups;
6526 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next;
6527 free (f);
6528 }
6529 }
6530
6531 workaround_change = false;
6532 newsize = trampoff;
6533 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
6534 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6535 || isec->output_section->alignment_power >= htab->params->pagesize_p2))
6536 {
6537 bfd_vma addr, end_addr;
6538 unsigned int crossings;
6539 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
6540
6541 addr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset;
6542 end_addr = addr + trampoff;
6543 addr &= -pagesize;
6544 crossings = ((end_addr & -pagesize) - addr) >> htab->params->pagesize_p2;
6545 if (crossings != 0)
6546 {
6547 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6548 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6549 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6550 newsize = 15 - ((end_addr - 1) & 15);
6551 newsize += crossings * 16;
6552 if (relax_info->workaround_size < newsize)
6553 {
6554 relax_info->workaround_size = newsize;
6555 workaround_change = true;
6556 }
6557 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6558 isec->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
6559 }
6560 newsize = trampoff + relax_info->workaround_size;
6561 }
6562
6563 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6564 {
6565 picfixup_size -= relax_info->picfixup_size;
6566 if (picfixup_size != 0)
6567 relax_info->picfixup_size += picfixup_size;
6568 newsize += relax_info->picfixup_size;
6569 }
6570
6571 if (changes != 0 || picfixup_size != 0 || workaround_change)
6572 isec->size = newsize;
6573
6574 if (isymbuf != NULL
6575 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
6576 {
6577 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
6578 free (isymbuf);
6579 else
6580 {
6581 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6582 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
6583 }
6584 }
6585
6586 if (contents != NULL
6587 && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6588 {
6589 if (!changes && !link_info->keep_memory)
6590 free (contents);
6591 else
6592 {
6593 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6594 elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
6595 }
6596 }
6597
6598 changes += picfixup_size;
6599 if (changes != 0)
6600 {
6601 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6602 information for the trampolines. */
6603 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
6604 Elf_Internal_Rela *new_relocs = bfd_malloc ((changes + isec->reloc_count)
6605 * sizeof (*new_relocs));
6606 unsigned ix;
6607
6608 if (!new_relocs)
6609 goto error_return;
6610 memcpy (new_relocs, internal_relocs,
6611 isec->reloc_count * sizeof (*new_relocs));
6612 for (ix = changes; ix--;)
6613 {
6614 irel = new_relocs + ix + isec->reloc_count;
6615
6616 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
6617 }
6618 if (internal_relocs != elf_section_data (isec)->relocs)
6619 free (internal_relocs);
6620 elf_section_data (isec)->relocs = new_relocs;
6621 isec->reloc_count += changes;
6622 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec);
6623 rel_hdr->sh_size += changes * rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
6624 }
6625 else if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
6626 free (internal_relocs);
6627
6628 *again = changes != 0 || workaround_change;
6629 return true;
6630
6631 error_return:
6632 while (branch_fixups != NULL)
6633 {
6634 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups;
6635 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next;
6636 free (f);
6637 }
6638 if ((unsigned char *) isymbuf != symtab_hdr->contents)
6639 free (isymbuf);
6640 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6641 free (contents);
6642 if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
6643 free (internal_relocs);
6644 return false;
6645 }
6646
6647 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6648 discarded sections. */
6649
6650 static unsigned int
ppc_elf_action_discarded(asection * sec)6651 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection *sec)
6652 {
6653 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec->name) == 0)
6654 return 0;
6655
6656 if (strcmp (".got2", sec->name) == 0)
6657 return 0;
6658
6659 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec);
6660 }
6661
6662 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6663
6664 static bfd_vma
elf_finish_pointer_linker_section(bfd * input_bfd,elf_linker_section_t * lsect,struct elf_link_hash_entry * h,bfd_vma relocation,const Elf_Internal_Rela * rel)6665 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd *input_bfd,
6666 elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
6667 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6668 bfd_vma relocation,
6669 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
6670 {
6671 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
6672
6673 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
6674
6675 if (h != NULL)
6676 {
6677 /* Handle global symbol. */
6678 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
6679
6680 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6681 BFD_ASSERT (eh->elf.def_regular);
6682 linker_section_ptr = eh->linker_section_pointer;
6683 }
6684 else
6685 {
6686 /* Handle local symbol. */
6687 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6688
6689 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd));
6690 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd) != NULL);
6691 linker_section_ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd)[r_symndx];
6692 }
6693
6694 linker_section_ptr = elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr,
6695 rel->r_addend,
6696 lsect);
6697 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr != NULL);
6698
6699 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6700 as a "written" flag. */
6701 if ((linker_section_ptr->offset & 1) == 0)
6702 {
6703 bfd_put_32 (lsect->section->owner,
6704 relocation + linker_section_ptr->addend,
6705 lsect->section->contents + linker_section_ptr->offset);
6706 linker_section_ptr->offset += 1;
6707 }
6708
6709 relocation = (lsect->section->output_section->vma
6710 + lsect->section->output_offset
6711 + linker_section_ptr->offset - 1
6712 - SYM_VAL (lsect->sym));
6713
6714 #ifdef DEBUG
6715 fprintf (stderr,
6716 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6717 lsect->name, (long) relocation, (long) relocation);
6718 #endif
6719
6720 return relocation;
6721 }
6722
6723 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6724 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6725 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6726
6727 static void
write_glink_stub(struct elf_link_hash_entry * h,struct plt_entry * ent,asection * plt_sec,unsigned char * p,struct bfd_link_info * info)6728 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, struct plt_entry *ent,
6729 asection *plt_sec, unsigned char *p,
6730 struct bfd_link_info *info)
6731 {
6732 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
6733 bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd;
6734 bfd_vma plt;
6735 unsigned char *end = p + GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h);
6736
6737 if (h != NULL
6738 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
6739 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
6740 {
6741 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_3, p);
6742 p += 4;
6743 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_3 + 4, p);
6744 p += 4;
6745 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_0_3, p);
6746 p += 4;
6747 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, CMPWI_11_0, p);
6748 p += 4;
6749 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_3_12_2, p);
6750 p += 4;
6751 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BEQLR, p);
6752 p += 4;
6753 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_3_0, p);
6754 p += 4;
6755 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
6756 p += 4;
6757 }
6758
6759 plt = ((ent->plt.offset & ~1)
6760 + plt_sec->output_section->vma
6761 + plt_sec->output_offset);
6762
6763 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6764 {
6765 bfd_vma got = 0;
6766
6767 if (ent->addend >= 32768)
6768 got = (ent->addend
6769 + ent->sec->output_section->vma
6770 + ent->sec->output_offset);
6771 else if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
6772 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
6773
6774 plt -= got;
6775
6776 if (plt + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6777 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_30 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6778 else
6779 {
6780 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_30 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
6781 p += 4;
6782 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6783 }
6784 }
6785 else
6786 {
6787 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_11 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
6788 p += 4;
6789 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6790 }
6791 p += 4;
6792 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p);
6793 p += 4;
6794 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
6795 p += 4;
6796 while (p < end)
6797 {
6798 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p);
6799 p += 4;
6800 }
6801 }
6802
6803 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6804
6805 static bool
is_static_defined(struct elf_link_hash_entry * h)6806 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6807 {
6808 return ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6809 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6810 && h->root.u.def.section != NULL
6811 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL);
6812 }
6813
6814 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6815 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6816 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6817
6818 unsigned int
_bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform(unsigned int insn,unsigned int reg)6819 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
6820 {
6821 unsigned int rtra;
6822
6823 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) != 31 << 26)
6824 return 0;
6825
6826 if (reg == 0 || ((insn >> 11) & 0x1f) == reg)
6827 rtra = insn & ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6828 else if (((insn >> 16) & 0x1f) == reg)
6829 rtra = (insn & (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn & (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6830 else
6831 return 0;
6832
6833 if ((insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6834 /* add -> addi. */
6835 insn = 14 << 26;
6836 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6837 && ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6838 || ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6839 && (insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6840 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6841 insn = (32u | ((insn >> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6842 else if ((insn & (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6843 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6844 insn = ((58u | ((insn >> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn >> 6) & 1);
6845 else if ((insn & (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6846 /* lwax -> lwa. */
6847 insn = (58u << 26) | 2;
6848 else
6849 return 0;
6850 insn |= rtra;
6851 return insn;
6852 }
6853
6854 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6855 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6856 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6857
6858 unsigned int
_bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform(unsigned int insn,unsigned int reg)6859 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
6860 {
6861 if ((insn & (0x1f << 16)) == reg << 16
6862 && ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6863 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6864 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6865 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6866 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6867 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6868 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6869 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6870 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6871 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6872 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6873 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6874 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6875 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6876 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6877 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6878 && (insn & 3) != 1)
6879 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6880 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3))))
6881 {
6882 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
6883 }
6884 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 21)) == reg << 21
6885 && ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6886 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6887 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6888 {
6889 insn &= ~(0x1f << 21);
6890 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6891 if ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6892 insn -= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6893 }
6894 else
6895 insn = 0;
6896 return insn;
6897 }
6898
6899 static bool
is_insn_ds_form(unsigned int insn)6900 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn)
6901 {
6902 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6903 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6904 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6905 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6906 }
6907
6908 static bool
is_insn_dq_form(unsigned int insn)6909 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn)
6910 {
6911 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6912 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6913 && (insn & 3) == 1));
6914 }
6915
6916 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6917 to handle the relocations for a section.
6918
6919 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6920 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6921 zero.
6922
6923 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6924 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6925 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6926 necessary.
6927
6928 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6929 address or the reloc symbol index.
6930
6931 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6932
6933 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6934 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6935
6936 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6937 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6938
6939 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6940 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6941 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6942 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6943 accordingly. */
6944
6945 static int
ppc_elf_relocate_section(bfd * output_bfd,struct bfd_link_info * info,bfd * input_bfd,asection * input_section,bfd_byte * contents,Elf_Internal_Rela * relocs,Elf_Internal_Sym * local_syms,asection ** local_sections)6946 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
6947 struct bfd_link_info *info,
6948 bfd *input_bfd,
6949 asection *input_section,
6950 bfd_byte *contents,
6951 Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
6952 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
6953 asection **local_sections)
6954 {
6955 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6956 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
6957 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6958 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6959 Elf_Internal_Rela *wrel;
6960 Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
6961 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
6962 asection *got2;
6963 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
6964 bool ret = true;
6965 bfd_vma d_offset = (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd) ? 2 : 0);
6966 bool is_vxworks_tls;
6967 unsigned int picfixup_size = 0;
6968 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL;
6969
6970 #ifdef DEBUG
6971 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
6972 "%ld relocations%s",
6973 input_bfd, input_section,
6974 (long) input_section->reloc_count,
6975 (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
6976 #endif
6977
6978 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd))
6979 {
6980 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
6981 return false;
6982 }
6983
6984 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".got2");
6985
6986 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
6987 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
6988 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
6989
6990 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
6991 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
6992 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
6993 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
6994 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
6995 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
6996 is_vxworks_tls = (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info)
6997 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
6998 ".tls_vars"));
6999 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET)
7000 relax_info = elf_section_data (input_section)->sec_info;
7001 rel = wrel = relocs;
7002 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
7003 for (; rel < relend; wrel++, rel++)
7004 {
7005 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
7006 bfd_vma addend;
7007 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
7008 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
7009 asection *sec;
7010 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7011 const char *sym_name;
7012 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7013 unsigned long r_symndx;
7014 bfd_vma relocation;
7015 bfd_vma branch_bit, from;
7016 bool unresolved_reloc, save_unresolved_reloc;
7017 bool warned;
7018 unsigned int tls_type, tls_mask, tls_gd;
7019 struct plt_entry **ifunc, **plt_list;
7020 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto;
7021
7022 again:
7023 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
7024 sym = NULL;
7025 sec = NULL;
7026 h = NULL;
7027 unresolved_reloc = false;
7028 warned = false;
7029 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
7030
7031 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7032 {
7033 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
7034 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
7035 sym_name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, sec);
7036
7037 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
7038 }
7039 else
7040 {
7041 bool ignored;
7042
7043 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
7044 r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
7045 h, sec, relocation,
7046 unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
7047
7048 sym_name = h->root.root.string;
7049 }
7050
7051 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
7052 {
7053 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7054 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7055 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7056 howto = NULL;
7057 if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
7058 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
7059
7060 _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
7061 contents, rel->r_offset);
7062 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset;
7063 wrel->r_info = 0;
7064 wrel->r_addend = 0;
7065
7066 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7067 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7068 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7069 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7070 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)
7071 && (input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING))
7072 wrel--;
7073
7074 continue;
7075 }
7076
7077 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
7078 {
7079 if (got2 != NULL
7080 && r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
7081 && rel->r_addend != 0)
7082 {
7083 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7084 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7085 rel->r_addend += got2->output_offset;
7086 }
7087 if (r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7088 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7089 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX)
7090 goto copy_reloc;
7091 }
7092
7093 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7094 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7095 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7096 for the final instruction stream. */
7097 tls_mask = 0;
7098 tls_gd = 0;
7099 if (h != NULL)
7100 tls_mask = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_mask;
7101 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
7102 {
7103 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
7104 char *lgot_masks;
7105 local_plt
7106 = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7107 lgot_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7108 tls_mask = lgot_masks[r_symndx];
7109 }
7110
7111 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7112 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)
7113 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO & 3)
7114 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI & 3)
7115 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA & 3)
7116 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16 & 3)
7117 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO & 3)
7118 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI & 3)
7119 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA & 3))
7120 abort ();
7121 switch (r_type)
7122 {
7123 default:
7124 break;
7125
7126 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
7127 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
7128 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7129 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0)
7130 {
7131 bfd_vma insn;
7132
7133 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7134 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7135 insn &= 31 << 21;
7136 insn |= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7137 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn,
7138 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7139 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
7140 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7141 }
7142 break;
7143
7144 case R_PPC_TLS:
7145 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7146 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0)
7147 {
7148 bfd_vma insn;
7149
7150 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7151 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn, 2);
7152 if (insn == 0)
7153 abort ();
7154 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
7155 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
7156 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7157
7158 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7159 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7160 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7161 }
7162 break;
7163
7164 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
7165 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
7166 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE;
7167 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0)
7168 goto tls_gdld_hi;
7169 break;
7170
7171 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
7172 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
7173 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0)
7174 {
7175 tls_gdld_hi:
7176 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
7177 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
7178 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
7179 else
7180 {
7181 rel->r_offset -= d_offset;
7182 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
7183 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
7184 }
7185 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7186 }
7187 break;
7188
7189 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
7190 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
7191 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE;
7192 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0)
7193 goto tls_ldgd_opt;
7194 break;
7195
7196 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
7197 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
7198 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0)
7199 {
7200 unsigned int insn1, insn2;
7201 bfd_vma offset;
7202
7203 tls_ldgd_opt:
7204 offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
7205 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7206 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7207 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7208 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7209 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7210 if (input_section->nomark_tls_get_addr
7211 && rel + 1 < relend
7212 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd, rel + 1,
7213 htab->tls_get_addr))
7214 offset = rel[1].r_offset;
7215 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7216 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7217 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7218 intervening code. */
7219 insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7220 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7221 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
7222 {
7223 /* IE */
7224 insn1 &= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7225 insn1 |= 32u << 26; /* lwz */
7226 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
7227 {
7228 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7229 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7230 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7231 }
7232 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
7233 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
7234 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7235 }
7236 else
7237 {
7238 /* LE */
7239 insn1 &= 0x1f << 21;
7240 insn1 |= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7241 if (tls_gd == 0)
7242 {
7243 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7244 for (r_symndx = 0;
7245 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7246 r_symndx++)
7247 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
7248 break;
7249 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7250 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
7251 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7252 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
7253 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
7254 + sec->output_offset
7255 + sec->output_section->vma);
7256 }
7257 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
7258 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7259 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
7260 {
7261 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
7262 rel[1].r_offset = offset + d_offset;
7263 rel[1].r_addend = rel->r_addend;
7264 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7265 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7266 }
7267 }
7268 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn1,
7269 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7270 if (tls_gd == 0)
7271 {
7272 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7273 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7274 goto again;
7275 }
7276 }
7277 break;
7278
7279 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
7280 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
7281 && rel + 1 < relend)
7282 {
7283 unsigned int insn2;
7284 bfd_vma offset = rel->r_offset;
7285
7286 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
7287 {
7288 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + offset);
7289 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7290 break;
7291 }
7292
7293 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GDIE) != 0)
7294 {
7295 /* IE */
7296 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
7297 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7298 }
7299 else
7300 {
7301 /* LE */
7302 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
7303 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7304 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7305 }
7306 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7307 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7308 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7309 BFD_ASSERT (offset == rel[1].r_offset);
7310 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7311 }
7312 break;
7313
7314 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
7315 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
7316 && rel + 1 < relend)
7317 {
7318 unsigned int insn2;
7319
7320 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
7321 {
7322 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
7323 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7324 break;
7325 }
7326
7327 for (r_symndx = 0;
7328 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7329 r_symndx++)
7330 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
7331 break;
7332 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7333 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
7334 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7335 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
7336 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
7337 + sec->output_offset
7338 + sec->output_section->vma);
7339
7340 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
7341 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7342 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7343 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2,
7344 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7345 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7346 BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_offset - d_offset == rel[1].r_offset);
7347 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7348 goto again;
7349 }
7350 break;
7351 }
7352
7353 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7354 branch_bit = 0;
7355 switch (r_type)
7356 {
7357 default:
7358 break;
7359
7360 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7361 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
7362 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
7363 branch_bit = BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7364 /* Fall through. */
7365
7366 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7367 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
7368 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
7369 {
7370 unsigned int insn;
7371
7372 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7373 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7374 insn |= branch_bit;
7375
7376 from = (rel->r_offset
7377 + input_section->output_offset
7378 + input_section->output_section->vma);
7379
7380 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7381 if ((bfd_signed_vma) (relocation + rel->r_addend - from) < 0)
7382 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7383
7384 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
7385 }
7386 break;
7387
7388 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
7389 {
7390 unsigned int insn;
7391
7392 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7393 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7394 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26
7395 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7396 {
7397 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
7398 {
7399 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7400 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
7401 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn,
7402 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7403 }
7404 }
7405 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
7406 info->callbacks->einfo
7407 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7408 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7409 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn);
7410 }
7411 break;
7412 }
7413
7414 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7415 && h != NULL
7416 && !h->def_regular
7417 && h->protected_def
7418 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
7419 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo
7420 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
7421 {
7422 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7423 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7424 unsigned int insn;
7425
7426 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
7427 {
7428 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7429 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7430 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (15u << 26)
7431 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7432 {
7433 bfd_byte *p;
7434 bfd_vma off;
7435 bfd_vma got_addr;
7436
7437 p = (contents + input_section->size
7438 - relax_info->workaround_size
7439 - relax_info->picfixup_size
7440 + picfixup_size);
7441 off = (p - contents) - (rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7442 if (off > 0x1fffffc || (off & 3) != 0)
7443 info->callbacks->einfo
7444 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7445 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
7446
7447 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | off,
7448 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7449 got_addr = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7450 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7451 + (h->got.offset & ~1));
7452 wrel->r_offset = (p - contents) + d_offset;
7453 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
7454 wrel->r_addend = got_addr;
7455 insn &= ~0xffff;
7456 insn |= ((unsigned int) (got_addr + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7457 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
7458
7459 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7460 insn &= ~0xffff;
7461 insn ^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7462 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7463 insn |= got_addr & 0xffff;
7464 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p + 4);
7465
7466 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | ((-4 - off) & 0x3ffffff), p + 8);
7467 picfixup_size += 12;
7468
7469 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7470 output is reasonable. */
7471 memmove (rel + 1, rel, (relend - rel - 1) * sizeof (*rel));
7472 wrel++, rel++;
7473 rel->r_offset = wrel[-1].r_offset + 4;
7474 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
7475 rel->r_addend = wrel[-1].r_addend;
7476
7477 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7478 dynamic reloc. */
7479 r_type = R_PPC_GOT16_LO;
7480 }
7481 else
7482 _bfd_error_handler
7483 /* xgettext:c-format */
7484 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: "
7485 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7486 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
7487 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn);
7488 }
7489 else if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO)
7490 {
7491 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7492 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7493 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7494 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7495 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7496 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7497 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7498 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7499 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7500 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7501 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7502 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7503 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7504 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7505 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7506 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7507 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7508 && (insn & 3) != 1)
7509 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7510 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3)))
7511 {
7512 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7513 relocation = 0;
7514 unresolved_reloc = false;
7515 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type);
7516 }
7517 else
7518 _bfd_error_handler
7519 /* xgettext:c-format */
7520 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: "
7521 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7522 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
7523 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn);
7524 }
7525 }
7526
7527 ifunc = NULL;
7528 if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks)
7529 {
7530 struct plt_entry *ent;
7531
7532 if (h != NULL)
7533 {
7534 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
7535 ifunc = &h->plt.plist;
7536 }
7537 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL
7538 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
7539 {
7540 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
7541
7542 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets
7543 + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7544 ifunc = local_plt + r_symndx;
7545 }
7546
7547 ent = NULL;
7548 if (ifunc != NULL
7549 && (!bfd_link_pic (info)
7550 || is_branch_reloc (r_type)
7551 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7552 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7553 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
7554 {
7555 addend = 0;
7556 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
7557 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
7558 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7559 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7560 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
7561 addend = rel->r_addend;
7562 ent = find_plt_ent (ifunc, got2, addend);
7563 }
7564 if (ent != NULL)
7565 {
7566 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
7567 && ent->sec != got2
7568 && htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW
7569 && (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7570 || h == NULL
7571 || h->dynindx == -1))
7572 {
7573 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7574 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7575 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7576 apparently are using code compiled with
7577 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7578 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7579 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7580 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7581 into .got2). */
7582 info->callbacks->einfo
7583 /* xgettext:c-format */
7584 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7585 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, sym_name);
7586 }
7587
7588 unresolved_reloc = false;
7589 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
7590 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7591 || h == NULL
7592 || h->dynindx == -1)
7593 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
7594 + htab->glink->output_offset
7595 + (ent->glink_offset & ~1));
7596 else
7597 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
7598 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
7599 + ent->plt.offset);
7600 }
7601 }
7602
7603 addend = rel->r_addend;
7604 save_unresolved_reloc = unresolved_reloc;
7605 howto = NULL;
7606 if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
7607 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
7608
7609 tls_type = 0;
7610 switch (r_type)
7611 {
7612 default:
7613 /* xgettext:c-format */
7614 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7615 input_bfd, howto->name);
7616
7617 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7618 ret = false;
7619 goto copy_reloc;
7620
7621 case R_PPC_NONE:
7622 case R_PPC_TLS:
7623 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
7624 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
7625 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
7626 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
7627 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
7628 goto copy_reloc;
7629
7630 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7631 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7632 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7633 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7634 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
7635 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
7636 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
7637 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
7638 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
7639 goto dogot;
7640
7641 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
7642 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
7643 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
7644 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
7645 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
7646 goto dogot;
7647
7648 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
7649 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
7650 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
7651 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
7652 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
7653 goto dogot;
7654
7655 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
7656 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
7657 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
7658 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
7659 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
7660 goto dogot;
7661
7662 case R_PPC_GOT16:
7663 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
7664 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
7665 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
7666 tls_mask = 0;
7667 dogot:
7668 {
7669 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7670 offset table. */
7671 bfd_vma off;
7672 bfd_vma *offp;
7673 unsigned long indx;
7674
7675 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
7676 abort ();
7677
7678 indx = 0;
7679 if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)
7680 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7681 offp = &htab->tlsld_got.offset;
7682 else if (h != NULL)
7683 {
7684 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7685 || h->dynindx == -1
7686 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)
7687 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
7688 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7689 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7690 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7691 because of a version file. */
7692 ;
7693 else
7694 {
7695 indx = h->dynindx;
7696 unresolved_reloc = false;
7697 }
7698 offp = &h->got.offset;
7699 }
7700 else
7701 {
7702 if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
7703 abort ();
7704 offp = &local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
7705 }
7706
7707 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7708 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7709 processed this entry. */
7710 off = *offp;
7711 if ((off & 1) != 0)
7712 off &= ~1;
7713 else
7714 {
7715 unsigned int tls_m = ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7716 ? tls_mask & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL
7717 | TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)
7718 : 0);
7719
7720 if (offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset)
7721 tls_m = TLS_LD;
7722 else if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0
7723 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7724 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
7725
7726 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7727 Initialize them all. */
7728 do
7729 {
7730 int tls_ty = 0;
7731
7732 if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0)
7733 {
7734 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
7735 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
7736 }
7737 else if ((tls_m & TLS_GD) != 0)
7738 {
7739 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
7740 tls_m &= ~TLS_GD;
7741 }
7742 else if ((tls_m & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
7743 {
7744 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
7745 tls_m &= ~TLS_DTPREL;
7746 }
7747 else if ((tls_m & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0)
7748 {
7749 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
7750 tls_m = 0;
7751 }
7752
7753 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7754 if (indx != 0
7755 || (bfd_link_pic (info)
7756 && (h == NULL
7757 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
7758 && !(tls_ty != 0
7759 && bfd_link_executable (info)
7760 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))))
7761 {
7762 asection *rsec = htab->elf.srelgot;
7763 bfd_byte * loc;
7764
7765 if (ifunc != NULL)
7766 {
7767 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt;
7768 if (indx == 0)
7769 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
7770 else if (is_static_defined (h))
7771 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
7772 }
7773 outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7774 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7775 + off);
7776 outrel.r_addend = 0;
7777 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7778 {
7779 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPMOD32);
7780 if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7781 {
7782 loc = rsec->contents;
7783 loc += (rsec->reloc_count++
7784 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7785 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd,
7786 &outrel, loc);
7787 outrel.r_offset += 4;
7788 outrel.r_info
7789 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
7790 }
7791 }
7792 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
7793 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
7794 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL))
7795 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_TPREL32);
7796 else if (indx != 0)
7797 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT);
7798 else if (ifunc != NULL)
7799 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
7800 else
7801 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
7802 if (indx == 0 && tls_ty != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7803 {
7804 outrel.r_addend += relocation;
7805 if (tls_ty & (TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL | TLS_TPREL))
7806 {
7807 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL)
7808 outrel.r_addend = 0;
7809 else
7810 outrel.r_addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma;
7811 }
7812 }
7813 loc = rsec->contents;
7814 loc += (rsec->reloc_count++
7815 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7816 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
7817 }
7818
7819 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7820 emitting a reloc. */
7821 else
7822 {
7823 bfd_vma value = relocation;
7824
7825 if (tls_ty != 0)
7826 {
7827 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL)
7828 value = 0;
7829 else
7830 {
7831 if (tls_ty & TLS_LD)
7832 value = 0;
7833 else
7834 value -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7835 if (tls_ty & TLS_TPREL)
7836 value += DTP_OFFSET - TP_OFFSET;
7837 }
7838
7839 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7840 {
7841 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value,
7842 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
7843 value = 1;
7844 }
7845 }
7846 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value,
7847 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
7848 }
7849
7850 off += 4;
7851 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7852 off += 4;
7853 }
7854 while (tls_m != 0);
7855
7856 off = *offp;
7857 *offp = off | 1;
7858 }
7859
7860 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
7861 abort ();
7862
7863 if ((tls_type & TLS_TLS) != 0)
7864 {
7865 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7866 {
7867 if ((tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0
7868 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7869 off += 8;
7870 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7871 {
7872 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
7873 off += 8;
7874 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
7875 {
7876 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
7877 off += 4;
7878 }
7879 }
7880 }
7881 }
7882
7883 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7884 if (r_type != ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
7885 goto copy_reloc;
7886
7887 relocation = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7888 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7889 + off
7890 - SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot));
7891
7892 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7893 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7894 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7895 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7896 if (addend != 0)
7897 info->callbacks->einfo
7898 /* xgettext:c-format */
7899 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7900 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7901 howto->name,
7902 sym_name);
7903 }
7904 break;
7905
7906 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7907 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
7908 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7909 at a symbol not in this object. */
7910 if (unresolved_reloc)
7911 {
7912 (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) (info,
7913 h->root.root.string,
7914 input_bfd,
7915 input_section,
7916 rel->r_offset,
7917 true);
7918 goto copy_reloc;
7919 }
7920 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && bfd_link_pic (info))
7921 {
7922 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
7923 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
7924 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
7925 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
7926 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
7927 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
7928 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
7929 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
7930 /* xgettext:c-format */
7931 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
7932 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7933 h->root.root.string);
7934 }
7935 break;
7936
7937 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
7938 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
7939 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
7940 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
7941 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
7942 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7943 break;
7944
7945 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
7946 object. */
7947 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
7948 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
7949 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
7950 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
7951 if (h != NULL
7952 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
7953 && h->dynindx == -1)
7954 {
7955 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
7956 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
7957 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
7958 defined before using them. */
7959 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset;
7960 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
7961 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn, 2);
7962 if (insn != 0)
7963 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
7964 break;
7965 }
7966 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
7967 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
7968 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
7969 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
7970 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
7971 goto dodyn;
7972
7973 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
7974 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
7975 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
7976 goto dodyn;
7977
7978 case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
7979 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
7980 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7981 goto dodyn;
7982
7983 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
7984 relocation = 1;
7985 addend = 0;
7986 goto dodyn;
7987
7988 case R_PPC_REL16:
7989 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
7990 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
7991 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
7992 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
7993 break;
7994
7995 case R_PPC_REL32:
7996 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
7997 break;
7998 /* fall through */
7999
8000 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
8001 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
8002 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
8003 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
8004 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
8005 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
8006 case R_PPC_UADDR16:
8007 goto dodyn;
8008
8009 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8:
8010 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15:
8011 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24:
8012 case R_PPC_REL24:
8013 case R_PPC_REL14:
8014 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
8015 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
8016 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
8017 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
8018 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
8019 || h == htab->elf.hgot)
8020 break;
8021 /* fall through */
8022
8023 case R_PPC_ADDR24:
8024 case R_PPC_ADDR14:
8025 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
8026 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
8027 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
8028 break;
8029 /* fall through */
8030
8031 dodyn:
8032 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
8033 || is_vxworks_tls)
8034 break;
8035
8036 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
8037 ? ((h == NULL
8038 || h->dyn_relocs != NULL)
8039 && ((h != NULL && pc_dynrelocs (h))
8040 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)))
8041 : (h != NULL
8042 && h->dyn_relocs != NULL))
8043 {
8044 int skip;
8045 bfd_byte *loc;
8046 asection *sreloc;
8047 long indx = 0;
8048
8049 #ifdef DEBUG
8050 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8051 "create relocation for %s\n",
8052 (h && h->root.root.string
8053 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
8054 #endif
8055
8056 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8057 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8058 time. */
8059 skip = 0;
8060 outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
8061 input_section,
8062 rel->r_offset);
8063 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1
8064 || outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
8065 skip = (int) outrel.r_offset;
8066 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
8067 + input_section->output_offset);
8068
8069 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
8070 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) != 0)
8071 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) == 0))
8072 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR32 ^ R_PPC_UADDR32;
8073 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) != 0)
8074 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) == 0))
8075 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR16 ^ R_PPC_UADDR16;
8076
8077 if (skip)
8078 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
8079 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
8080 {
8081 indx = h->dynindx;
8082 BFD_ASSERT (indx != -1);
8083 unresolved_reloc = false;
8084 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
8085 outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
8086 }
8087 else
8088 {
8089 outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
8090
8091 if (r_type != R_PPC_ADDR32)
8092 {
8093 if (ifunc != NULL)
8094 {
8095 /* If we get here when building a static
8096 executable, then the libc startup function
8097 responsible for applying indirect function
8098 relocations is going to complain about
8099 the reloc type.
8100 If we get here when building a dynamic
8101 executable, it will be because we have
8102 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8103 will set the text segment writable and
8104 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8105 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8106 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8107 info->callbacks->einfo
8108 /* xgettext:c-format */
8109 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8110 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8111 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8112 howto->name,
8113 sym_name);
8114 ret = false;
8115 }
8116 else if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF || bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
8117 ;
8118 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
8119 {
8120 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8121 ret = false;
8122 }
8123 else
8124 {
8125 asection *osec;
8126
8127 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8128 against a section symbol. It would be
8129 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8130 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8131 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8132 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8133 osec = sec->output_section;
8134 if ((osec->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
8135 {
8136 osec = htab->elf.tls_sec;
8137 indx = 0;
8138 }
8139 else
8140 {
8141 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
8142 if (indx == 0)
8143 {
8144 osec = htab->elf.text_index_section;
8145 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
8146 }
8147 BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
8148 }
8149
8150 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
8151 Don't leave the symbol value in the
8152 addend for them. */
8153 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type))
8154 outrel.r_addend -= osec->vma;
8155 }
8156
8157 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
8158 }
8159 else if (ifunc != NULL)
8160 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
8161 else
8162 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
8163 }
8164
8165 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
8166 if (ifunc)
8167 {
8168 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
8169 if (indx == 0)
8170 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
8171 else if (is_static_defined (h))
8172 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
8173 }
8174 if (sreloc == NULL)
8175 return false;
8176
8177 loc = sreloc->contents;
8178 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8179 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
8180
8181 if (skip == -1)
8182 goto copy_reloc;
8183
8184 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8185 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8186 if (!skip)
8187 {
8188 relocation = howto->pc_relative ? outrel.r_offset : 0;
8189 addend = 0;
8190 break;
8191 }
8192 }
8193 break;
8194
8195 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
8196 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
8197 if (h != NULL)
8198 {
8199 struct plt_entry *ent;
8200 bfd_vma got2_addend = 0;
8201
8202 if (r_type == R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
8203 {
8204 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8205 got2_addend = addend;
8206 addend = 0;
8207 }
8208 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, got2_addend);
8209 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
8210 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
8211 + htab->glink->output_offset
8212 + ent->glink_offset);
8213 else
8214 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
8215 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
8216 + ent->plt.offset);
8217 }
8218 /* Fall through. */
8219
8220 case R_PPC_RELAX:
8221 {
8222 const int *stub;
8223 size_t size;
8224 size_t insn_offset = rel->r_offset;
8225 unsigned int insn;
8226
8227 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8228 {
8229 relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma
8230 + input_section->output_offset
8231 + rel->r_offset - 4);
8232 stub = shared_stub_entry;
8233 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[0], contents + insn_offset - 12);
8234 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[1], contents + insn_offset - 8);
8235 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[2], contents + insn_offset - 4);
8236 stub += 3;
8237 size = ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry) - 3;
8238 }
8239 else
8240 {
8241 stub = stub_entry;
8242 size = ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
8243 }
8244
8245 relocation += addend;
8246 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
8247 relocation = 0;
8248
8249 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8250 insn = *stub++;
8251 insn |= ((relocation + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8252 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8253 insn_offset += 4;
8254
8255 insn = *stub++;
8256 insn |= relocation & 0xffff;
8257 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8258 insn_offset += 4;
8259 size -= 2;
8260
8261 while (size != 0)
8262 {
8263 insn = *stub++;
8264 --size;
8265 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8266 insn_offset += 4;
8267 }
8268
8269 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8270 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8271 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_NONE);
8272 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8273 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset + d_offset;
8274 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
8275 wrel->r_addend = rel->r_addend;
8276 memmove (wrel + 1, wrel, (relend - wrel - 1) * sizeof (*wrel));
8277 wrel++, rel++;
8278 wrel->r_offset += 4;
8279 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
8280 }
8281 continue;
8282
8283 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8284 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
8285 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[0].section != NULL);
8286 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[0].sym))
8287 {
8288 unresolved_reloc = true;
8289 break;
8290 }
8291 relocation
8292 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[0],
8293 h, relocation, rel);
8294 addend = 0;
8295 break;
8296
8297 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8298 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
8299 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[1].section != NULL);
8300 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[1].sym))
8301 {
8302 unresolved_reloc = true;
8303 break;
8304 }
8305 relocation
8306 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[1],
8307 h, relocation, rel);
8308 addend = 0;
8309 break;
8310
8311 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8312 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8313 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8314 AIX .toc section. */
8315 case R_PPC_TOC16: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8316 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8317 {
8318 unresolved_reloc = true;
8319 break;
8320 }
8321 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".got") == 0
8322 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".cgot") == 0);
8323
8324 addend -= sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + 0x8000;
8325 break;
8326
8327 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
8328 if (h != NULL && ifunc == NULL)
8329 {
8330 struct plt_entry *ent;
8331
8332 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2,
8333 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0);
8334 if (ent == NULL
8335 || htab->elf.splt == NULL)
8336 {
8337 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8338 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8339 using -Bsymbolic. */
8340 }
8341 else
8342 {
8343 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8344 procedure linkage table. */
8345 unresolved_reloc = false;
8346 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
8347 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
8348 + htab->glink->output_offset
8349 + ent->glink_offset);
8350 else
8351 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
8352 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
8353 + ent->plt.offset);
8354 }
8355 }
8356
8357 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8358 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8359 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8360 addend = 0;
8361 break;
8362
8363 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
8364 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
8365 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
8366 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
8367 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8368 plt_list = NULL;
8369 if (h != NULL)
8370 plt_list = &h->plt.plist;
8371 else if (ifunc != NULL)
8372 plt_list = ifunc;
8373 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
8374 {
8375 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
8376 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets
8377 + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
8378 plt_list = local_plt + r_symndx;
8379 }
8380 unresolved_reloc = true;
8381 if (plt_list != NULL)
8382 {
8383 struct plt_entry *ent;
8384
8385 ent = find_plt_ent (plt_list, got2,
8386 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0);
8387 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
8388 {
8389 asection *plt;
8390
8391 unresolved_reloc = false;
8392 plt = htab->elf.splt;
8393 if (use_local_plt (info, h))
8394 {
8395 if (ifunc != NULL)
8396 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
8397 else
8398 plt = htab->pltlocal;
8399 }
8400 relocation = (plt->output_section->vma
8401 + plt->output_offset
8402 + ent->plt.offset);
8403 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8404 {
8405 bfd_vma got = 0;
8406
8407 if (ent->addend >= 32768)
8408 got = (ent->addend
8409 + ent->sec->output_section->vma
8410 + ent->sec->output_offset);
8411 else
8412 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
8413 relocation -= got;
8414 }
8415 }
8416 }
8417 addend = 0;
8418 break;
8419
8420 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8421 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
8422 {
8423 const char *name;
8424 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8425
8426 if (sec == NULL
8427 || sec->output_section == NULL
8428 || !is_static_defined (sda))
8429 {
8430 unresolved_reloc = true;
8431 break;
8432 }
8433 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8434
8435 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8436 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8437 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0))
8438 {
8439 _bfd_error_handler
8440 /* xgettext:c-format */
8441 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8442 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8443 input_bfd,
8444 sym_name,
8445 howto->name,
8446 name);
8447 }
8448 }
8449 break;
8450
8451 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8452 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
8453 {
8454 const char *name;
8455 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8456
8457 if (sec == NULL
8458 || sec->output_section == NULL
8459 || !is_static_defined (sda))
8460 {
8461 unresolved_reloc = true;
8462 break;
8463 }
8464 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8465
8466 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8467 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8468 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0))
8469 {
8470 _bfd_error_handler
8471 /* xgettext:c-format */
8472 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8473 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8474 input_bfd,
8475 sym_name,
8476 howto->name,
8477 name);
8478 }
8479 }
8480 break;
8481
8482 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A:
8483 relocation = relocation + addend;
8484 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8485 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8486 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8487 goto copy_reloc;
8488
8489 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D:
8490 relocation = relocation + addend;
8491 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8492 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8493 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8494 goto copy_reloc;
8495
8496 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A:
8497 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16;
8498 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8499 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8500 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8501 goto copy_reloc;
8502
8503 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D:
8504 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16;
8505 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8506 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8507 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8508 goto copy_reloc;
8509
8510 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A:
8511 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16;
8512 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8513 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8514 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8515 goto copy_reloc;
8516
8517 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D:
8518 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16;
8519 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8520 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8521 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8522 goto copy_reloc;
8523
8524 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8525 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
8526 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21:
8527 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
8528 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO:
8529 {
8530 const char *name;
8531 int reg;
8532 unsigned int insn;
8533 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
8534
8535 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8536 {
8537 unresolved_reloc = true;
8538 break;
8539 }
8540
8541 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8542 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8543 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
8544 {
8545 reg = 13;
8546 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8547 }
8548 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8549 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)
8550 {
8551 reg = 2;
8552 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8553 }
8554 else if (strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8555 || strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8556 {
8557 reg = 0;
8558 }
8559 else
8560 {
8561 _bfd_error_handler
8562 /* xgettext:c-format */
8563 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8564 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8565 input_bfd,
8566 sym_name,
8567 howto->name,
8568 name);
8569
8570 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8571 ret = false;
8572 goto copy_reloc;
8573 }
8574
8575 if (sda != NULL)
8576 {
8577 if (!is_static_defined (sda))
8578 {
8579 unresolved_reloc = true;
8580 break;
8581 }
8582 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8583 }
8584
8585 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA)
8586 break;
8587
8588 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
8589 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8590 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
8591 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
8592 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
8593 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
8594 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
8595 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_SDA21)
8596 rel->r_offset &= ~1;
8597
8598 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
8599 if (reg == 0
8600 && (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8601 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO))
8602 {
8603 relocation = relocation + addend;
8604 addend = 0;
8605
8606 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8607 insn &= 0x1f << 21;
8608 insn |= 28u << 26;
8609
8610 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8611 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8612 insn |= (relocation & 0xf0000) >> 5;
8613 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8614 insn |= (relocation & 0xf800) << 5;
8615 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8616 insn |= relocation & 0x7ff;
8617
8618 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
8619
8620 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8621 && ((relocation + 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8622 goto overflow;
8623 goto copy_reloc;
8624 }
8625 /* Fill in register field. */
8626 insn = (insn & ~RA_REGISTER_MASK) | (reg << RA_REGISTER_SHIFT);
8627 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
8628 }
8629 break;
8630
8631 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
8632 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
8633 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
8634 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
8635 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
8636 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
8637 {
8638 bfd_vma value;
8639 const char *name;
8640 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
8641
8642 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8643 {
8644 unresolved_reloc = true;
8645 break;
8646 }
8647
8648 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8649 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8650 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
8651 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8652 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8653 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)
8654 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8655 else
8656 {
8657 _bfd_error_handler
8658 /* xgettext:c-format */
8659 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8660 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8661 input_bfd,
8662 sym_name,
8663 howto->name,
8664 name);
8665
8666 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8667 ret = false;
8668 goto copy_reloc;
8669 }
8670
8671 if (sda == NULL || !is_static_defined (sda))
8672 {
8673 unresolved_reloc = true;
8674 break;
8675 }
8676 value = relocation + addend - SYM_VAL (sda);
8677
8678 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A)
8679 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8680 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8681 split16a_type,
8682 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8683 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D)
8684 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8685 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8686 split16d_type,
8687 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8688 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A)
8689 {
8690 value = value >> 16;
8691 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8692 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8693 split16a_type,
8694 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8695 }
8696 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D)
8697 {
8698 value = value >> 16;
8699 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8700 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8701 split16d_type,
8702 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8703 }
8704 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A)
8705 {
8706 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16;
8707 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8708 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8709 split16a_type,
8710 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8711 }
8712 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D)
8713 {
8714 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16;
8715 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8716 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8717 split16d_type,
8718 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8719 }
8720 }
8721 goto copy_reloc;
8722
8723 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20:
8724 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset, relocation);
8725 goto copy_reloc;
8726
8727 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8728 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
8729 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
8730 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
8731 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
8732 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8733 {
8734 unresolved_reloc = true;
8735 break;
8736 }
8737 addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
8738 break;
8739
8740 /* Negative relocations. */
8741 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
8742 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
8743 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
8744 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
8745 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
8746 addend -= 2 * relocation;
8747 break;
8748
8749 case R_PPC_COPY:
8750 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
8751 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
8752 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
8753 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
8754 case R_PPC_PLT32:
8755 case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
8756 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
8757 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
8758 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
8759 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
8760 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
8761 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
8762 /* xgettext:c-format */
8763 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8764 input_bfd, howto->name);
8765
8766 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
8767 ret = false;
8768 goto copy_reloc;
8769 }
8770
8771 switch (r_type)
8772 {
8773 default:
8774 break;
8775
8776 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
8777 if (htab->do_tls_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
8778 {
8779 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
8780 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p);
8781 }
8782 break;
8783
8784 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
8785 if (htab->do_tls_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
8786 {
8787 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
8788 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
8789 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
8790 insn |= 2 << 16;
8791 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
8792 }
8793 break;
8794 }
8795
8796 switch (r_type)
8797 {
8798 default:
8799 break;
8800
8801 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
8802 if (unresolved_reloc)
8803 {
8804 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset;
8805 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
8806 insn &= 1;
8807 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | insn, p);
8808 unresolved_reloc = save_unresolved_reloc;
8809 r_type = R_PPC_REL24;
8810 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
8811 }
8812 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
8813 info->callbacks->einfo
8814 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8815 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8816 howto->name);
8817 break;
8818
8819 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
8820 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8821 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
8822 if (unresolved_reloc)
8823 {
8824 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
8825 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p);
8826 unresolved_reloc = false;
8827 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
8828 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
8829 }
8830 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
8831 info->callbacks->einfo
8832 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8833 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8834 howto->name);
8835 break;
8836 }
8837
8838 /* Do any further special processing. */
8839 switch (r_type)
8840 {
8841 default:
8842 break;
8843
8844 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
8845 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
8846 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
8847 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
8848 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
8849 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
8850 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
8851 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
8852 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8853 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8854 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8855 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8856 if (sec == NULL)
8857 break;
8858 /* Fall through. */
8859
8860 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8861 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
8862 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
8863 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
8864 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
8865 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
8866 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8867 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8868 addend += 0x8000;
8869 break;
8870
8871 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
8872 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
8873 case R_PPC_GOT16:
8874 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
8875 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
8876 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
8877 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
8878 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
8879 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
8880 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
8881 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
8882 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
8883 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
8884 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
8885 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
8886 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
8887 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
8888 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
8889 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
8890 {
8891 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
8892 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
8893 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
8894 unsigned int insn, mask, lobit;
8895
8896 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
8897 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
8898 mask = 0;
8899 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn))
8900 mask = 3;
8901 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn))
8902 mask = 15;
8903 else
8904 break;
8905 relocation += addend;
8906 addend = insn & mask;
8907 lobit = mask & relocation;
8908 if (lobit != 0)
8909 {
8910 relocation ^= lobit;
8911 info->callbacks->einfo
8912 /* xgettext:c-format */
8913 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
8914 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8915 howto->name, sym_name, mask + 1);
8916 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8917 ret = false;
8918 }
8919 }
8920 break;
8921 }
8922
8923 #ifdef DEBUG
8924 fprintf (stderr, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
8925 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
8926 howto->name,
8927 (int) r_type,
8928 sym_name,
8929 r_symndx,
8930 (long) rel->r_offset,
8931 (long) addend);
8932 #endif
8933
8934 if (unresolved_reloc
8935 && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
8936 && h->def_dynamic)
8937 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
8938 rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1)
8939 {
8940 info->callbacks->einfo
8941 /* xgettext:c-format */
8942 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
8943 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8944 howto->name,
8945 sym_name);
8946 ret = false;
8947 }
8948
8949 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
8950 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
8951 have different reloc types. */
8952 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain_overflow_dont
8953 && howto->dst_mask == 0xffff
8954 && (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
8955 {
8956 enum complain_overflow complain = complain_overflow_signed;
8957
8958 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section) & SHF_PPC_VLE) == 0)
8959 {
8960 unsigned int insn;
8961
8962 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3));
8963 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
8964 complain = complain_overflow_bitfield;
8965 else if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
8966 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
8967 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
8968 complain = complain_overflow_unsigned;
8969 }
8970 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain)
8971 {
8972 alt_howto = *howto;
8973 alt_howto.complain_on_overflow = complain;
8974 howto = &alt_howto;
8975 }
8976 }
8977
8978 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL16DX_HA)
8979 {
8980 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
8981 if (rel->r_offset + 4 > input_section->size)
8982 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
8983 else
8984 {
8985 unsigned int insn;
8986
8987 relocation += addend;
8988 relocation -= (rel->r_offset
8989 + input_section->output_offset
8990 + input_section->output_section->vma);
8991 relocation >>= 16;
8992 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
8993 insn &= ~0x1fffc1;
8994 insn |= (relocation & 0xffc1) | ((relocation & 0x3e) << 15);
8995 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
8996 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
8997 }
8998 }
8999 else
9000 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
9001 rel->r_offset, relocation, addend);
9002
9003 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
9004 {
9005 if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
9006 {
9007 overflow:
9008 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
9009 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
9010 if (!warned
9011 && !(h != NULL
9012 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9013 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
9014 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)))
9015 info->callbacks->reloc_overflow
9016 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), sym_name, howto->name,
9017 rel->r_addend, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
9018 }
9019 else
9020 {
9021 info->callbacks->einfo
9022 /* xgettext:c-format */
9023 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
9024 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
9025 howto->name, sym_name, (int) r);
9026 ret = false;
9027 }
9028 }
9029 copy_reloc:
9030 if (wrel != rel)
9031 *wrel = *rel;
9032 }
9033
9034 if (wrel != rel)
9035 {
9036 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
9037 size_t deleted = rel - wrel;
9038
9039 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section->output_section);
9040 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
9041 if (rel_hdr->sh_size == 0)
9042 {
9043 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9044 one NONE reloc.
9045 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9046 rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
9047 deleted -= 1;
9048 wrel++;
9049 }
9050 relend = wrel;
9051 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section);
9052 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
9053 input_section->reloc_count -= deleted;
9054 }
9055
9056 #ifdef DEBUG
9057 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
9058 #endif
9059
9060 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9061 && input_section->size != input_section->rawsize
9062 && (strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
9063 || strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0))
9064 {
9065 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9066 unsigned int insn = B + input_section->size - input_section->rawsize;
9067 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + input_section->rawsize);
9068 }
9069
9070 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
9071 && input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9072 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
9073 || (input_section->output_section->alignment_power
9074 >= htab->params->pagesize_p2)))
9075 {
9076 bfd_vma start_addr, end_addr, addr;
9077 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
9078
9079 if (relax_info->workaround_size != 0)
9080 {
9081 bfd_byte *p;
9082 unsigned int n;
9083 bfd_byte fill[4];
9084
9085 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, BA, fill);
9086 p = contents + input_section->size - relax_info->workaround_size;
9087 n = relax_info->workaround_size >> 2;
9088 while (n--)
9089 {
9090 memcpy (p, fill, 4);
9091 p += 4;
9092 }
9093 }
9094
9095 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9096 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9097 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9098 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9099 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9100
9101 start_addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
9102 + input_section->output_offset);
9103 end_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size
9104 - relax_info->workaround_size);
9105 for (addr = ((start_addr & -pagesize) + pagesize - 4);
9106 addr < end_addr;
9107 addr += pagesize)
9108 {
9109 bfd_vma offset = addr - start_addr;
9110 Elf_Internal_Rela *lo, *hi;
9111 bool is_data;
9112 bfd_vma patch_off, patch_addr;
9113 unsigned int insn;
9114
9115 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9116 the word alone. */
9117 is_data = false;
9118 lo = relocs;
9119 hi = relend;
9120 rel = NULL;
9121 while (lo < hi)
9122 {
9123 rel = lo + (hi - lo) / 2;
9124 if (rel->r_offset < offset)
9125 lo = rel + 1;
9126 else if (rel->r_offset > offset + 3)
9127 hi = rel;
9128 else
9129 {
9130 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
9131 {
9132 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
9133 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
9134 case R_PPC_REL32:
9135 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
9136 is_data = true;
9137 break;
9138 default:
9139 break;
9140 }
9141 break;
9142 }
9143 }
9144 if (is_data)
9145 continue;
9146
9147 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9148 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9149 avoid the icache failure.
9150
9151 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9152 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9153 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9154 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9155 unconditional branches:
9156 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9157 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9158 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9159 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9160 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9161 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9162 instruction is not executed.
9163
9164 A bctr example:
9165 .
9166 . lis 9,new_page@ha
9167 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9168 . mtctr 9
9169 . bctr
9170 . nop
9171 . nop
9172 . new_page:
9173 .
9174 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9175 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9176 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9177 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9178 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9179 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9180 place:
9181 .
9182 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9183 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9184 . mtctr 9 mtctr 9
9185 . bctr bctr
9186 . nop b somewhere_else
9187 . b somewhere_else nop
9188 . new_page: new_page:
9189 . */
9190 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset);
9191 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9192 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9193 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9194 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (19u << 26)
9195 && (insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9196 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9197 continue;
9198
9199 patch_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size
9200 - relax_info->workaround_size);
9201 patch_addr = (patch_addr + 15) & -16;
9202 patch_off = patch_addr - start_addr;
9203 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B + patch_off - offset, contents + offset);
9204
9205 if (rel != NULL
9206 && rel->r_offset >= offset
9207 && rel->r_offset < offset + 4)
9208 {
9209 asection *sreloc;
9210
9211 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9212 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9213 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9214 if (rel + 1 != relend)
9215 {
9216 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp = *rel;
9217
9218 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9219 memmove (rel, rel + 1, (relend - (rel + 1)) * sizeof (*rel));
9220 relend[-1] = tmp;
9221 }
9222 relend[-1].r_offset += patch_off - offset;
9223
9224 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9225 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info))
9226 {
9227 case R_PPC_REL16:
9228 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
9229 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
9230 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
9231 relend[-1].r_addend += patch_off - offset;
9232 break;
9233 default:
9234 break;
9235 }
9236
9237 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9238 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9239 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9240 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
9241 if (sreloc != NULL)
9242 {
9243 Elf32_External_Rela *slo, *shi, *srelend;
9244 bfd_vma soffset;
9245
9246 slo = (Elf32_External_Rela *) sreloc->contents;
9247 shi = srelend = slo + sreloc->reloc_count;
9248 soffset = (offset + input_section->output_section->vma
9249 + input_section->output_offset);
9250 while (slo < shi)
9251 {
9252 Elf32_External_Rela *srel = slo + (shi - slo) / 2;
9253 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, (bfd_byte *) srel,
9254 &outrel);
9255 if (outrel.r_offset < soffset)
9256 slo = srel + 1;
9257 else if (outrel.r_offset > soffset + 3)
9258 shi = srel;
9259 else
9260 {
9261 if (srel + 1 != srelend)
9262 {
9263 memmove (srel, srel + 1,
9264 (srelend - (srel + 1)) * sizeof (*srel));
9265 srel = srelend - 1;
9266 }
9267 outrel.r_offset += patch_off - offset;
9268 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
9269 (bfd_byte *) srel);
9270 break;
9271 }
9272 }
9273 }
9274 }
9275 else
9276 rel = NULL;
9277
9278 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9279 && (insn & 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9280 {
9281 bfd_vma delta = ((insn & 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9282
9283 delta += offset - patch_off;
9284 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL)
9285 delta = 0;
9286 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL)
9287 {
9288 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
9289
9290 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info);
9291 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN)
9292 insn |= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9293 else if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN)
9294 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9295 else
9296 BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_PPC_REL14);
9297
9298 if ((r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9299 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN)
9300 && delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000
9301 && (bfd_signed_vma) delta < 0)
9302 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9303 }
9304 if (delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9305 {
9306 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9307 (insn & ~0xfffc) | (delta & 0xfffc),
9308 contents + patch_off);
9309 patch_off += 4;
9310 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9311 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9312 contents + patch_off);
9313 patch_off += 4;
9314 }
9315 else
9316 {
9317 if (rel != NULL)
9318 {
9319 unsigned int r_sym = ELF32_R_SYM (relend[-1].r_info);
9320
9321 relend[-1].r_offset += 8;
9322 relend[-1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym, R_PPC_REL24);
9323 }
9324 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9325 (insn & ~0xfffc) | 8,
9326 contents + patch_off);
9327 patch_off += 4;
9328 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9329 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9330 contents + patch_off);
9331 patch_off += 4;
9332 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9333 B | ((delta - 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9334 contents + patch_off);
9335 patch_off += 4;
9336 }
9337 }
9338 else
9339 {
9340 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + patch_off);
9341 patch_off += 4;
9342 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9343 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9344 contents + patch_off);
9345 patch_off += 4;
9346 }
9347 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off <= input_section->size);
9348 relax_info->workaround_size = input_section->size - patch_off;
9349 }
9350 }
9351
9352 return ret;
9353 }
9354
9355 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9356
9357 static bool
write_global_sym_plt(struct elf_link_hash_entry * h,void * inf)9358 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
9359 {
9360 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
9361 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9362 struct plt_entry *ent;
9363 bool doneone;
9364
9365 doneone = false;
9366 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9367 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9368 {
9369 bool dyn = !use_local_plt (info, h);
9370
9371 if (!doneone)
9372 {
9373 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9374 bfd_byte *loc;
9375 bfd_vma reloc_index;
9376 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt;
9377 asection *relplt = htab->elf.srelplt;
9378
9379 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn)
9380 reloc_index = ent->plt.offset / 4;
9381 else
9382 {
9383 reloc_index = ((ent->plt.offset - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
9384 / htab->plt_slot_size);
9385 if (reloc_index > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9386 && htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
9387 reloc_index -= (reloc_index - PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) / 2;
9388 }
9389
9390 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9391 Set it up. */
9392 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS && dyn)
9393 {
9394 bfd_vma got_offset;
9395 const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
9396
9397 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9398 got_offset = (reloc_index + 3) * 4;
9399
9400 /* Use the right PLT. */
9401 plt_entry = bfd_link_pic (info) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9402 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry;
9403
9404 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9405 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
9406 {
9407 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9408 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset),
9409 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
9410 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9411 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset),
9412 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
9413 }
9414 else
9415 {
9416 bfd_vma got_loc = got_offset + SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
9417
9418 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9419 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc),
9420 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
9421 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9422 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc),
9423 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
9424 }
9425
9426 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[2],
9427 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 8);
9428 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[3],
9429 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 12);
9430
9431 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9432 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9433 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9434 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9435 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9436 prescaled offset. */
9437 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9438 plt_entry[4] | reloc_index,
9439 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 16);
9440 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9441 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9442 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9443 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9444 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9445 offset. */
9446 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9447 (plt_entry[5]
9448 | (-(ent->plt.offset + 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9449 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 20);
9450 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[6],
9451 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 24);
9452 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[7],
9453 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 28);
9454
9455 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9456 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9457 in this PLT entry. */
9458 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, (plt->output_section->vma
9459 + plt->output_offset
9460 + ent->plt.offset + 16),
9461 htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
9462
9463 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
9464 {
9465 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9466 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents
9467 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS + reloc_index
9468 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS)
9469 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9470
9471 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9472 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9473 + plt->output_offset
9474 + ent->plt.offset + 2);
9475 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
9476 R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
9477 rela.r_addend = got_offset;
9478 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9479 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9480
9481 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9482 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9483 + plt->output_offset
9484 + ent->plt.offset + 6);
9485 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
9486 R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
9487 rela.r_addend = got_offset;
9488 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9489 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9490
9491 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9492 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9493 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
9494 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
9495 + got_offset);
9496 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx,
9497 R_PPC_ADDR32);
9498 rela.r_addend = ent->plt.offset + 16;
9499 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9500 }
9501
9502 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9503 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9504 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9505 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9506 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9507 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
9508 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
9509 + got_offset);
9510 rela.r_addend = 0;
9511 }
9512 else
9513 {
9514 rela.r_addend = 0;
9515 if (!dyn)
9516 {
9517 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9518 {
9519 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9520 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
9521 }
9522 else
9523 {
9524 plt = htab->pltlocal;
9525 relplt = bfd_link_pic (info) ? htab->relpltlocal : NULL;
9526 }
9527 if (h->def_regular
9528 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
9529 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
9530 rela.r_addend = SYM_VAL (h);
9531 }
9532
9533 if (relplt == NULL)
9534 {
9535 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset;
9536 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, rela.r_addend, loc);
9537 }
9538 else
9539 {
9540 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9541 + plt->output_offset
9542 + ent->plt.offset);
9543
9544 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD || !dyn)
9545 {
9546 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9547 linker will fill it in. */
9548 }
9549 else
9550 {
9551 bfd_vma val = (htab->glink_pltresolve + ent->plt.offset
9552 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
9553 + htab->glink->output_offset);
9554 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val,
9555 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset);
9556 }
9557 }
9558 }
9559
9560 if (relplt != NULL)
9561 {
9562 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9563 if (!dyn)
9564 {
9565 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9566 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
9567 else
9568 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
9569 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++
9570 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9571 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9572 }
9573 else
9574 {
9575 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT);
9576 loc = relplt->contents + (reloc_index
9577 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9578 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && is_static_defined (h))
9579 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9580 }
9581 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9582 }
9583 doneone = true;
9584 }
9585
9586 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn)
9587 {
9588 unsigned char *p;
9589 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt;
9590
9591 if (!dyn)
9592 {
9593 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9594 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9595 else
9596 break;
9597 }
9598
9599 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset;
9600 write_glink_stub (h, ent, plt, p, info);
9601
9602 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
9603 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9604 break;
9605 }
9606 else
9607 break;
9608 }
9609 return true;
9610 }
9611
9612 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9613
9614 bool
ppc_finish_symbols(struct bfd_link_info * info)9615 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info *info)
9616 {
9617 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9618 bfd *ibfd;
9619
9620 if (!htab)
9621 return true;
9622
9623 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, write_global_sym_plt, info);
9624
9625 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
9626 {
9627 bfd_vma *local_got, *end_local_got;
9628 struct plt_entry **local_plt, **lplt, **end_local_plt;
9629 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
9630 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
9631 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms = NULL;
9632 struct plt_entry *ent;
9633
9634 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
9635 continue;
9636
9637 local_got = elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd);
9638 if (!local_got)
9639 continue;
9640
9641 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
9642 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
9643 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
9644 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got;
9645 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
9646 for (lplt = local_plt; lplt < end_local_plt; ++lplt)
9647 for (ent = *lplt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9648 {
9649 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9650 {
9651 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
9652 asection *sym_sec;
9653 asection *plt, *relplt;
9654 bfd_byte *loc;
9655 bfd_vma val;
9656 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9657 unsigned char *p;
9658
9659 if (!get_sym_h (NULL, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms,
9660 lplt - local_plt, ibfd))
9661 {
9662 if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
9663 free (local_syms);
9664 return false;
9665 }
9666
9667 val = sym->st_value;
9668 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
9669 val += sym_sec->output_offset + sym_sec->output_section->vma;
9670
9671 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9672 {
9673 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9674 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9675 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
9676 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
9677 }
9678 else
9679 {
9680 plt = htab->pltlocal;
9681 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
9682 {
9683 relplt = htab->relpltlocal;
9684 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
9685 }
9686 else
9687 {
9688 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset;
9689 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val, loc);
9690 continue;
9691 }
9692 }
9693
9694 rela.r_offset = (ent->plt.offset
9695 + plt->output_offset
9696 + plt->output_section->vma);
9697 rela.r_addend = val;
9698 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++
9699 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9700 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9701
9702 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset;
9703 write_glink_stub (NULL, ent, htab->elf.iplt, p, info);
9704 }
9705 }
9706
9707 if (local_syms != NULL
9708 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
9709 {
9710 if (!info->keep_memory)
9711 free (local_syms);
9712 else
9713 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
9714 }
9715 }
9716 return true;
9717 }
9718
9719 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9720 dynamic sections here. */
9721
9722 static bool
ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol(bfd * output_bfd,struct bfd_link_info * info,struct elf_link_hash_entry * h,Elf_Internal_Sym * sym)9723 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
9724 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9725 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
9726 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9727 {
9728 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9729 struct plt_entry *ent;
9730
9731 #ifdef DEBUG
9732 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9733 h->root.root.string);
9734 #endif
9735
9736 if (!h->def_regular
9737 || (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && !bfd_link_pic (info)))
9738 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9739 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9740 {
9741 if (!h->def_regular)
9742 {
9743 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9744 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9745 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9746 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9747 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9748 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9749 to zero. */
9750 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
9751 if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
9752 sym->st_value = 0;
9753 else if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak)
9754 {
9755 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9756 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9757 function pointer. */
9758 sym->st_value = 0;
9759 }
9760 }
9761 else
9762 {
9763 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9764 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9765 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9766 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9767 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9768 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9769 relocation. */
9770 sym->st_shndx
9771 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9772 (info->output_bfd, htab->glink->output_section));
9773 sym->st_value = (ent->glink_offset
9774 + htab->glink->output_offset
9775 + htab->glink->output_section->vma);
9776 }
9777 break;
9778 }
9779
9780 if (h->needs_copy)
9781 {
9782 asection *s;
9783 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9784 bfd_byte *loc;
9785
9786 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9787
9788 #ifdef DEBUG
9789 fprintf (stderr, ", copy");
9790 #endif
9791
9792 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9793
9794 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
9795 s = htab->relsbss;
9796 else if (h->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro)
9797 s = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
9798 else
9799 s = htab->elf.srelbss;
9800 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
9801
9802 rela.r_offset = SYM_VAL (h);
9803 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_COPY);
9804 rela.r_addend = 0;
9805 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9806 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9807 }
9808
9809 #ifdef DEBUG
9810 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
9811 #endif
9812
9813 return true;
9814 }
9815
9816 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
ppc_elf_reloc_type_class(const struct bfd_link_info * info,const asection * rel_sec,const Elf_Internal_Rela * rela)9817 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info,
9818 const asection *rel_sec,
9819 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
9820 {
9821 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9822
9823 if (rel_sec == htab->elf.irelplt)
9824 return reloc_class_ifunc;
9825
9826 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
9827 {
9828 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
9829 return reloc_class_relative;
9830 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
9831 return reloc_class_plt;
9832 case R_PPC_COPY:
9833 return reloc_class_copy;
9834 default:
9835 return reloc_class_normal;
9836 }
9837 }
9838
9839 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9840
9841 static bool
ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections(bfd * output_bfd,struct bfd_link_info * info)9842 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9843 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9844 {
9845 asection *sdyn;
9846 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9847 bfd_vma got;
9848 bfd *dynobj;
9849 bool ret = true;
9850
9851 #ifdef DEBUG
9852 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9853 #endif
9854
9855 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9856 dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
9857 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
9858
9859 got = 0;
9860 if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
9861 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
9862
9863 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
9864 {
9865 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
9866
9867 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
9868
9869 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
9870 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
9871 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
9872 {
9873 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
9874 asection *s;
9875
9876 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
9877
9878 switch (dyn.d_tag)
9879 {
9880 case DT_PLTGOT:
9881 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks)
9882 s = htab->elf.sgotplt;
9883 else
9884 s = htab->elf.splt;
9885 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
9886 break;
9887
9888 case DT_PLTRELSZ:
9889 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->elf.srelplt->size;
9890 break;
9891
9892 case DT_JMPREL:
9893 s = htab->elf.srelplt;
9894 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
9895 break;
9896
9897 case DT_PPC_GOT:
9898 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = got;
9899 break;
9900
9901 case DT_TEXTREL:
9902 if (htab->local_ifunc_resolver)
9903 info->callbacks->einfo
9904 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9905 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9906 else if (htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver)
9907 info->callbacks->einfo
9908 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9909 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9910 continue;
9911
9912 default:
9913 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks
9914 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
9915 break;
9916 continue;
9917 }
9918
9919 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
9920 }
9921 }
9922
9923 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL
9924 && htab->elf.sgot->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
9925 {
9926 if (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgot
9927 || htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgotplt)
9928 {
9929 unsigned char *p = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->contents;
9930
9931 p += htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
9932 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
9933 {
9934 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
9935 so that a function can easily find the address of
9936 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
9937 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value - 4
9938 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
9939 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x4e800021, p - 4);
9940 }
9941
9942 if (sdyn != NULL)
9943 {
9944 bfd_vma val = sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset;
9945 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value
9946 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
9947 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, p);
9948 }
9949 }
9950 else
9951 {
9952 /* xgettext:c-format */
9953 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
9954 htab->elf.hgot->root.root.string,
9955 (htab->elf.sgotplt != NULL
9956 ? htab->elf.sgotplt : htab->elf.sgot));
9957 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
9958 ret = false;
9959 }
9960
9961 elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
9962 }
9963
9964 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
9965 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks
9966 && htab->elf.splt != NULL
9967 && htab->elf.splt->size != 0
9968 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
9969 {
9970 asection *splt = htab->elf.splt;
9971 /* Use the right PLT. */
9972 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = (bfd_link_pic (info)
9973 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
9974 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry);
9975
9976 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
9977 {
9978 bfd_vma got_value = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
9979
9980 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_value),
9981 splt->contents + 0);
9982 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_value),
9983 splt->contents + 4);
9984 }
9985 else
9986 {
9987 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], splt->contents + 0);
9988 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], splt->contents + 4);
9989 }
9990 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], splt->contents + 8);
9991 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], splt->contents + 12);
9992 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], splt->contents + 16);
9993 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], splt->contents + 20);
9994 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], splt->contents + 24);
9995 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], splt->contents + 28);
9996
9997 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
9998 {
9999 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
10000 bfd_byte *loc;
10001
10002 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
10003
10004 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
10005 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
10006 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
10007 + 2);
10008 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
10009 rela.r_addend = 0;
10010 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10011 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10012
10013 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
10014 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
10015 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
10016 + 6);
10017 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
10018 rela.r_addend = 0;
10019 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10020 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10021
10022 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10023 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10024 in which symbols were output. */
10025 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
10026 {
10027 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10028
10029 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10030 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
10031 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10032 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10033
10034 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10035 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
10036 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10037 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10038
10039 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10040 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_PPC_ADDR32);
10041 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10042 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10043 }
10044 }
10045 }
10046
10047 if (htab->glink != NULL
10048 && htab->glink->contents != NULL
10049 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
10050 {
10051 unsigned char *p;
10052 unsigned char *endp;
10053 bfd_vma res0;
10054
10055 /*
10056 * PIC glink code is the following:
10057 *
10058 * # ith PLT code stub.
10059 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10060 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10061 * mtctr 11
10062 * bctr
10063 *
10064 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10065 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10066 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10067 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10068 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10069 * .
10070 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10071 * res_n_m3: nop
10072 * res_n_m2: nop
10073 * res_n_m1:
10074 *
10075 * PLTresolve:
10076 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10077 * mflr 0
10078 * bcl 20,31,1f
10079 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10080 * mflr 12
10081 * mtlr 0
10082 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10083 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10084 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10085 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10086 * mtctr 0
10087 * add 0,11,11
10088 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10089 * bctr
10090 *
10091 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10092 *
10093 * # ith PLT code stub.
10094 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10095 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10096 * mtctr 11
10097 * bctr
10098 *
10099 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10100 *
10101 * PLTresolve:
10102 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10103 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10104 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10105 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10106 * mtctr 0
10107 * add 0,11,11
10108 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10109 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10110 * bctr
10111 */
10112
10113 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10114 and perhaps some padding. */
10115 p = htab->glink->contents;
10116 p += htab->glink_pltresolve;
10117 endp = htab->glink->contents;
10118 endp += htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
10119 while (p < endp - (htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 0 : 8 * 4))
10120 {
10121 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B + endp - p, p);
10122 p += 4;
10123 }
10124 while (p < endp)
10125 {
10126 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
10127 p += 4;
10128 }
10129
10130 res0 = (htab->glink_pltresolve
10131 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
10132 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10133
10134 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround)
10135 {
10136 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10137 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10138 glink branch table. */
10139 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
10140 bfd_vma page_addr;
10141 bfd_vma glink_start = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
10142 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10143
10144 for (page_addr = res0 & -pagesize;
10145 page_addr > glink_start;
10146 page_addr -= pagesize)
10147 {
10148 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10149 bfd_byte *loc;
10150 unsigned int insn;
10151
10152 loc = htab->glink->contents + page_addr - 4 - glink_start;
10153 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc);
10154 if (insn == BCTR)
10155 {
10156 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10157 one other call stub before this one. */
10158 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc - 16);
10159 if (insn == BCTR)
10160 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc);
10161 else
10162 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc);
10163 }
10164 }
10165 }
10166
10167 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10168 endp = p + GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
10169 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
10170 {
10171 bfd_vma bcl;
10172
10173 bcl = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 3*4
10174 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
10175 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10176
10177 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (bcl - res0), p);
10178 p += 4;
10179 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_0, p);
10180 p += 4;
10181 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCL_20_31, p);
10182 p += 4;
10183 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (bcl - res0), p);
10184 p += 4;
10185 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_12, p);
10186 p += 4;
10187 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTLR_0, p);
10188 p += 4;
10189 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, SUB_11_11_12, p);
10190 p += 4;
10191 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_12_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10192 p += 4;
10193 if (PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl) == PPC_HA (got + 8 - bcl))
10194 {
10195 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10196 p += 4;
10197 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8 - bcl), p);
10198 p += 4;
10199 }
10200 else
10201 {
10202 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10203 p += 4;
10204 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p);
10205 p += 4;
10206 }
10207 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p);
10208 p += 4;
10209 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p);
10210 }
10211 else
10212 {
10213 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4), p);
10214 p += 4;
10215 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (-res0), p);
10216 p += 4;
10217 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8))
10218 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p);
10219 else
10220 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p);
10221 p += 4;
10222 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (-res0), p);
10223 p += 4;
10224 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p);
10225 p += 4;
10226 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p);
10227 p += 4;
10228 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8))
10229 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8), p);
10230 else
10231 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p);
10232 }
10233 p += 4;
10234 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_11_0_11, p);
10235 p += 4;
10236 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
10237 p += 4;
10238 while (p < endp)
10239 {
10240 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
10241 htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p);
10242 p += 4;
10243 }
10244 BFD_ASSERT (p == endp);
10245 }
10246
10247 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
10248 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
10249 {
10250 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
10251 bfd_vma val;
10252
10253 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
10254 /* FDE length. */
10255 p += 4;
10256 /* CIE pointer. */
10257 p += 4;
10258 /* Offset to .glink. */
10259 val = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
10260 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10261 val -= (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->vma
10262 + htab->glink_eh_frame->output_offset);
10263 val -= p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
10264 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
10265
10266 if (htab->glink_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10267 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info,
10268 htab->glink_eh_frame,
10269 htab->glink_eh_frame->contents))
10270 return false;
10271 }
10272
10273 return ret;
10274 }
10275
10276 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10277 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10278 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10279 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10280 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10281 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10282 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10283 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10284 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10285 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
10286 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10287
10288 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10289 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10290 #endif
10291
10292 #ifdef EM_PPC_OLD
10293 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10294 #endif
10295
10296 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10297 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10298 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10299 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10300 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10301 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10302
10303 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10304 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10305 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10306 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10307 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10308 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10309 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10310 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10311
10312 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10313 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10314 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10315 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10316 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10317 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10318 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10319 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10320 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10321 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10322 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10323 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10324 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10325 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10326 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10327 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10328 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10329 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10330 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10331 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10332 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10333 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10334 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10335 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10336 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10337 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10338 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10339 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10340 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10341
10342 #include "elf32-target.h"
10343
10344 /* FreeBSD Target */
10345
10346 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10347 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10348
10349 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10350 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10351 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10352 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10353
10354 #undef ELF_OSABI
10355 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10356
10357 #undef elf32_bed
10358 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10359
10360 #include "elf32-target.h"
10361
10362 /* VxWorks Target */
10363
10364 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10365 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10366
10367 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10368 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10369 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10370 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10371
10372 #undef ELF_OSABI
10373
10374 #undef ELF_TARGET_OS
10375 #define ELF_TARGET_OS is_vxworks
10376
10377 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10378 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr(bfd * abfd,asection * sec)10379 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
10380 {
10381 if (sec->name == NULL)
10382 return NULL;
10383
10384 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".plt") == 0)
10385 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
10386
10387 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
10388 }
10389
10390 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10391 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10392 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create(bfd * abfd)10393 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
10394 {
10395 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
10396
10397 ret = ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
10398 if (ret)
10399 {
10400 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab
10401 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *)ret;
10402 htab->plt_type = PLT_VXWORKS;
10403 htab->plt_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
10404 htab->plt_slot_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
10405 htab->plt_initial_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE;
10406 }
10407 return ret;
10408 }
10409
10410 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10411 static bool
ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook(bfd * abfd,struct bfd_link_info * info,Elf_Internal_Sym * sym,const char ** namep,flagword * flagsp,asection ** secp,bfd_vma * valp)10412 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
10413 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10414 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
10415 const char **namep,
10416 flagword *flagsp,
10417 asection **secp,
10418 bfd_vma *valp)
10419 {
10420 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp,
10421 valp))
10422 return false;
10423
10424 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp);
10425 }
10426
10427 static bool
ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing(bfd * abfd)10428 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
10429 {
10430 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd);
10431 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd);
10432 }
10433
10434 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10435 define it. */
10436 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10437 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10438 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10439 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10440 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10441 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10442 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10443 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10444 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10445 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10446 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10447 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10448 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10449 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10450
10451 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10452
10453 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10454 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10455 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10456 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10457 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10458 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10459 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10460 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10461 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10462 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10463 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10464 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10465 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10466 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10467 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10468 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10469 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10470 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10471
10472 #undef elf32_bed
10473 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10474
10475 #include "elf32-target.h"
10476